Tourism Products of Nepal

Published by Nepal Tourism Board 2008
Initially Compiled by Rasuna Engineering & Construction Pte. Ltd. for Nepal Tourism Board
Layout Designed by Dots & Lines Graphic Arts Pvt. Ltd. dnl@info.com.np
Photographs by Nepal Tourism Board Dots & Lines Graphic Arts Pvt. Ltd. Incredible Farwest Nepal (PublisherKarnali Chamber of Commerce) Rasuna Engineering & Construction Pte. Ltd. Various Organizations and Individuals
Nepal Tourism Board
For Further Information visit at www.welcomenepal.com
1 2 6 3 7 4 8 5 9
Cover Photos 1 Sagarmatha (Mt. Everest) 2 Shri Antu Danda & Tea Garden, Ilam 3 Rhino in Jungle 4 Machhapuchre & Fewa Lake, Pokhara 5 Pashupatinath Temple, Kathmandu 6 Janaki Temple, Janakpur 7 Rafting 8 Mayadevi Temple, Lumbini 9 Rana Tharus of Kanchanpur
Foreword
I am happy to note that Tourism Products and Resources Development Department (TP&RD) of Nepal Tourism Board (NTB) has published a well compiled monograph Tourism Procucts of Nepal. I acknowledge the role and progress of TP&RD in carrying out arduous tasks of exploring, identifying and promoting new tourism products through research, documentation and publication. As we all know, tourism is widely recognized as one of the largest industries in the world. With the growing trend of recreation and adventures among the people of booming new economies of the world, tourism sector is all set to see the traveling of 1.6 billion people by 2020. Tourism has been practiced as a means to execute development strategy and to strengthen the practice of sustainable and local level development since the tourism involves multifaceted social, cultural, environmental and economic implications. NTB is working tirelessly toward identifying the new tourism products hitherto unexplored and unheralded. Nepal possesses an immense potential in wide range of tourism products and we have come forward with a monograph-Tourism Products of Nepal that features all 75 districts of Nepal along with tourism products strength. The challenge for NTB to explore new tourism products amid the growing international competition in tourism sector has been the major driving inuence behind undertaking such a compelling task to produce single book information on Nepal. It is this realization that we are constantly working towards the publication of books and documents that put Nepal in a different realm of tourism promotion and development. Tourism Products of Nepal will help to provide an overview on Nepal with tourism perspectives. It is a rst of its kind compilation of districts depicting geographic, cultural and socio-economic states of the districts.
Prachanda Man Shrestha Chief Executive Ofcer Nepal Tourism Board
Acknowledgement
Tourism Products and Resources Development Department (TP&RD) has completed yet another commendable task of documenting all the districts of Nepal in brief along with the major tourism activities in the country in a bid to provide generalized information of Nepal to all the potential tourists visiting country. Ever since its inception, department of Tourism Products and Resources Development has been assigned with the primary responsibility of identifying and promoting new tourism products within the country with parallel focus on strengthening resources in tourism sector to enhance sustainability of Nepalese tourism sector. It is our commitment and great value to the responsibility assigned to us that we have come up with this entirely new publication that generates brief but well versed facts on each districts of Nepal with special mentioning of tourist attractions in every district. It allows readers a peek into the tourism prospects of places throughout the country and also presents a chance to every reader to effectively enhance their own domain of knowledge of Nepal. This monograph is in perfect harmony to reafrm the brand value, Naturally Nepal-once is not enough as it presents the glimpses of beauty of Nepal, stretching the entire length of the country. The prime interest behind publishing this monograph has been to diversify the academic ventures of TP&RD Department to bring the information to the knowledge of all the stakeholders involved in tourism entrepreneurship in the county. It generates a sound rst hand information to the readers who can reinterpret the information to their own benets, either professionally or scholarly. I specially thank Rasuna Engineering & Construction Pte. Ltd for carrying out initial compilation of the facts and gures. I also extend my sincere gratitude to Dots and Lines Graphic Arts (Pvt.) Ltd. for their excellent layout designing to provide nishing touch to the monograph. I have special acknowledgements to my department team, specially managers Mr. Hikmat Singh Ayer and Mr. Lila Bahadur Baniya for their invaluable inputs to the making of this monograph. I would also like to thank all the individuals and organizations who have helped us with providing their photographs for this publication. Tourism product diversication and new product promotion are our major concerns that can push our efforts of marketing Nepal as the premier destination to a new height. I rmly believe that works such as publishing this book Tourism Products of Nepal will reiterate our own afrmation of highlighting overall strength and potentiality of Nepalese tourism.
Subash Nirola Sr. Director Tourism Products and Resources Development Department Nepal Tourism Board
III
Table of Contents
EASTERN REGION
Taplejung Paanchthar Ilam Jhapa Morang Sunsari Dhankuta Terhathum Sankhuwasabha Bhojpur Solukhumbu Okhaldhunga Khotang Udayapur Saptari Siraha 3 4 5 7 10 11 14 15 16 17 20 21 22 23 24 25
MID WESTERN REGION

Pyuthan Rolpa Rukum Salyan Dang Banke Bardiya Surkhet Dailekh Jajarkot Dolpa Jumla Kalikot Mugu Humla 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 107 108 109 110 112 113 114 116
CENTRAL REGION
Dhanusha Mahottari Sarlahi Sindhuli Ramechhap Dolakha Sindhupalchok Kavrepalanchok Lalitpur Bhaktapur Kathmandu Nuwakot Rasuwa Dhading Makawanpur Rautahat Bara Parsa Chitwan 29 30 31 32 33 34 36 37 39 43 48 57 58 60 61 62 63 64 65
FAR WESTERN REGION

Bajura Bajhang Achham Doti Kailali Kanchanpur Dadeldhura Baitadi Darchula 119 120 122 123 124 125 127 128 129 133 141 143 151 153 156 160 162 165 166
Nepal-An Overview The System of Ashram Spectrum of Festivals Nepali Art & Architecture A Trekkers Heaven Diversities of Nepal Glaciers to the Plain Tarai National Parks & Reserves How to enter Nepal Frontier Formalities
WESTERN REGION
Gorkha Lamjung Tanahun Syangja Kaski Manang Mustang Myagdi Parbat Baglung Gulmi Palpa Nawalparasi Rupandehi Kapilvastu Arghakhanchi 69 71 72 74 75 79 81 83 84 85 87 89 91 92 94 96
EASTERN REGION
EASTERN REGION
Tourism Products of Nepal
Taplejung
Phungling is the district headquarters of Taplejung district at a distance of 830 kilometers from Kathmandu. The Tamor River ows through the district and the area is famous for its proximity to Kanchenjunga, the third highest mountain in the world. Taplejung has an airstrip with commercial ights to Biratnagar and Kathmandu. A road has connected the district headquarters with the Tarai plains. The name Taplejung is derived from the words Taple and Jung, Taple was the medieval Limbu King who used to rule the area and Jung in Limbu language meaning Fort. Literally, Taplejung means Fort of the King Taple. Most of the populations are involved in agriculture, and the vegetation zones range from sub-tropical, to temperate forests, alpine meadows and snow and ice.
Taplejung Phungling 3646 sq.km. East: Sikkim and West Bengal of India West: Tehrathum and Sankhuwasabha North: Tibet Autonomous Region of China South: Tehrathum and Panchthar Tamor, Kabeli, Punsa, Yangba, Panjong, Mewa, Mayumba and Major rivers Maiya Topography Location Longitude: 8755- 8812 Latitude: 27 19 -27 55 Climate Sub-tropical Temperate, Cool Temperate, Alpine Max. 20. 80 C Min. 11. 80 C. Temperature 1933. 3 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Nepali Limbu, Sherpa, Rai, Gurung, Tamang, Newari, Sunuwar, Magar, Abadhi, Danuwar, Maithili, Tharu, Satar. Communication Telecommunication service and wireless Tourist attraction centers Fungling Bazaar, Olangchunggola, Dhunche, Langthung, Yangma, Knoklng, Siddhidanda and Pathibhara. Himalayan Peaks Kanchanjangha, Khangwachen, Jannu, Jhongsang, Dom, Tent Peak, Tuinas. Lakes and Ponds Sinjema(Manas Lake), Nurak Pokhari, Siwa Pokhari Kali Pokhari, Rate Pokhari, Ewa Pokhari. Waterfall Eladanda Phedi, Tiptal. Accommodation facilities Small hotels, lodges Accessibility Road, Airways Medical facilities District Hospital, Health Center, Health post, Ayurvedic Centers, clinics Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary
Pathibhara
Pathibhara Devi shrine (3,794 m) is a popular pilgrimage destination. The animist deity at Pathibhara is worshipped with equal reverence by both Hindus and Buddhists. Hindus throng the temple during special celebrations, while Buddhists living in the vicinity light lamps at the temple on full moon nights. The Goddess at Pathibhara is believed to fulll the longcherished dreams of her devotees, like sons for those without sons, and wealth for the poor. The story of the temple goes back to the time when hundreds of sheep were said to have disappeared from the place where the temple stands today. Legend has it that when the shepherds prayed to get their sheep back, they had a vision of the Devi herself who asked them to sacrice a few of the sheep to get back their lost ones. It is said that when they did as they were asked by the Devi, the lost sheep were found, and from thence started the worship of Pathibhara Devi.
EASTERN REGION
Panchthar
Phidim is the district headquarters of Panchthar district at distance of 745 kilometers from Kathmandu. Panchthar is one of the most biologically-diverse areas in the country. It is well known for the red pandas, one of the endangered species.
Phidim
Phidim is a beautiful hill township. The unique landscape surrounding the place and scenic beauty around make the place enchanting. In addition, typical socio-cultural structure, cultural varieties and congenial climate make the place remarkable for the visitors. Buses to Phidim are available from Birtamod and Ilam easily.
Aangsarang
It is a beautiful place situated at a distances of 4 hours walk from Phidim. Place is clustered with many other small and beautiful destinations of religious signicance.
Chhalasukka
The place lies over the beautiful hillock with a panoramic view of mountains, rivers and small valleys. The place is very interesting as it is suffused with many myths and legends associated with the place itself and the people. In addition, many wonders and mysteries of nature can also be witnessed there which give the place a great religious signicance.
Panchthar Phidim 1241 sq.km. East: Sikkim and West Bengal of India West: Dhankuta and Tehrathum North: Taplejung South: Ilam and Morang Tamor, Hima Khola, Ima Khola, Namdu Khola, Kabeli, Major rivers Nibhu Khola. Topography Location Longitude: 87 30- 88 05 Latitude: 27 51- 2752 Climate Sub-tropical, Temperate, Cool- temperate. Maximum: 28.4 0 C. Minimum: 1. 0 C. Temperature 2289.9 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Nepali, Rai, Tamang, Magar, Sunuwar, Bhote Sherpa, Newari, Abadhi, Tharu, Maithili, Bhojpuri. Communication Post ofce, Telephone, Wireless. Tourist attraction centers Phidim, Jorsal Bazzar, Yasok, Rabi, Chyangthapu, Mehebote, Sukepokhari, Oyam. Lakes and Ponds Jore Pokhari, Suke Pokhari, Namdu Mahamir, Ratmate, Baraha Pokhari Hotel, Lodge. Accommodation facilities Road connections. Accessibility Hospital, Health Center, Health Post, Ayurvedic, Clinic. Medical facilities Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary
Ilam
Ilam is the district headquarters of Ilam district at a distance of 675 kilometers from Kathmandu. Situated in far eastern region, Ilam is called the place of sunrise because geographically it is the rst place in Nepal to touch the sunrays of dawn. Ilam attracts many researchers who come here to research on rare birds and the Red Panda. Ilam stretches from Terai belt to the upper hilly belt of this Himalayan nation. The name Ilam is derived from a Limbu language meaning Ii means twisted and Lam means Road. Ilam was one of the ten self ruling states of Limbuwan before the unication of Nepal; its ruler King Hangshu Phuba Lingdom of Lingdom dynasty was ruling Ilam as a confederate state of Limbuwan until 1813 AD. Ilam was the last of ten Kingdoms of Limbuwan to join the union of Nepal Ilam is today one of the most developed places in Nepal. Its tea ILAM TEA is very famous and exported to many parts of Europe. The main source of income in this district is tea, cardamom, milk, ginger and potato. Two kilometers drive towards north of Ilam takes one to Mai Pokhari lake, situated at an altitude of 2500 meters. It is situated at peaceful place surrounded by rhododendron bushes amidst lush green forest. Lake captivates the sightseers with jade clean water and multi-color shes ashing brilliantly. Small thatched huts of sages, temple of Lord Shiva, Mai temple, Satya Dhuni (incessant bonre) guest house and Sanskrit School are situated nearby. Occasions like Hari Bodhini Ekadashi (the beginning of wakening of Lord Vishnu, according to Hindu mythology) see busy human activities in this otherwise peaceful and secluded place.
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary
Ilam Ilam 1703 sq.km. East: West Bengal of India West: Dhankuta and Morang North: Panchthar South: Jhapa Major rivers Mai, Jogmai, Puwamai, Deomai, Brring, Mechi and Siddikhola. Longitude: 87,42- 88 07 Topography Location Latitude: 26 42 27 08 Sub-tropical an Temperate. Climate Temperature Maximum 29.0 C and Minimum 1.0C Rainfall 1329.7 ml. Predominant language, culture Nepali, Rai, Limbu, Magar, Tamang, Bhote, Sherpa, Sunuwar, Maithili, Danuwar, Bhojpuri. Communication Post ofce, Telephone, Wireless, Cell Phone Tea Estates, Ilam Bazaar, Maipkhari, Gajurmukhi, Sandakpur, Tourist attraction centers Antudanda, Kanyam and Pasupati Nagar. Himalayan Peaks Mai Pokhari Waterfall Todke, Soyang. Hotel, Lodge, and Restaurant. Accommodation facilities Accessibility Road Connections Medical facilities Hospital, Health post, Ayurvedic Center and Clinic Center
In the Hamang village development committee, near the temple of Myangmalung lake, with the peripheral area of 2.5 square kilometers, Hamang ko Pokhari is located amidst the bushes of rhododendron and other owering plants. With the lake being surrounded by dense forest, wild animals and birds like pheasants, wild-cock, deer, rabbits and panthers can often be seen. In addition of the lakes described above there are many other smaller but attractive ponds and lakes in Ilam. Jhyaun Pokhari, lying at 1500 meters above the mean sea level, is situated in west of Ilam Bazaar. Peripheral area of
EASTERN REGION
the lake is 2 square kilometers at a distance of 30 kilometers from main bazaar. There is a 10-meter tall mound at the middle of the lake. Temples of Dattatraya (a deity of the Hindus) and Dutta Falguna (a deity of the Mongols) stand on one side while Damain Danda surrounds the lake on the other. Sandakpur at an altitude of 3650 meters above the sea level is 4 kilometers from Ilam Bazaar. This hill touches the border of India and Nepal. In addition to the breathtaking experience of sun-set and sun-rise, panoramic view of Kanchanjunga, Machhapuchhre, Mt. Everest and the Himalayan ranges can also be seen from the place. Situated at an altitude of 1677 meters, Shree Antu Danda is an ideal place for viewing sunrise and sunset. Forest and the ponds of the area are very attractive. This also offers the panoramic view of the Mt. Everest and Kanchanjangha of Nepal, and Darjeeling, Khersang and Mirik of India. Because of its topography and scenic beauty it is compared with Darjeeling. A motorable road connects Ilam bazaar with Chipitar and from here, Antu Danda is at four-hour track walk. Siddhi Thumka, 1700 meters above the sea level, can be reached through 15 kilometers foot-trail and 30 kilometers motorable road from Ilam Bazaar. The Cave of Khandrung is at an altitude of 1500 meters. The places like Siddithumka, Jhayaun Pokhari and Damain Danda are nearby. The cave comprises of cabins of different shapes and sizes. The opening of the cave is wide enough
for a person to enter and surprisingly the exit holes open at the peak of the hill. The Cave of Pang is at an altitude of 1500 meters. There is a black hole underneath. Splashing sound can be heard when stones are thrown into it. Many myths exist in the locality about the pond. Pushe Cave is at the distance of 4 hours walk from Ilam Bazaar. There is a temple of Siddhi Devi (a goddess of Hindu) inside it. The cave of Evang can be approached from Bhedetar of Dhankuta and Ilam. In the nearby area there are ponds, dense forest and the hills of Myangmalung. The cave comprises of various interesting things and its opening is wide enough for a person to enter. It takes more than 30 minutes to walk from the opening to the end. Ruins of alleged Limbu kingdom are said to be found in the vicinity. Ilam is the core area for tea plantation. In spite of granule tea, Ilam produces best quality tealeaves. There are more than a score of tea-estates, big and small, of great economic values that add impressive beauty to the place.
Jhapa
Chandragadhi is the district headquarters of Jhapa district at a distance of 610 kilometers from Kathmandu. It is the easternmost district of Nepal connected with West Bengal state of India. Damak is a small municipality town in Jhapa district. It is located at the either side of the East-west Highway. Inhabited mostly by the peoples of Indo-Aryan and Burman origin, Damak serves as the major trade center in the district. People from the northern mountain district come here to sell their goods such as seasonal fruits, herbs, hand woven woolen carpets etc in the weekly bazaar on Wednesdays. Some very interesting places with the attraction of culture and sightseeing in inner Jhapa and Morang can also be approached conveniently from Damak. Damak itself is situated in a beautiful setting. Tea gardens here are worth seeing too. Bhadrapur, once inhabited by the indigenous tribes as Rajbanshi, Satar, Santhal, Dhimal and Meche, the place has now people of almost all the races and casts of Nepal. Thus the place offers a good opportunity for a cultural tour. Birtamod is a fast growing township on the cross roads of East West highway and BhadrapurTaplejung road situated 16 km west of Kakarbhitta, the only entry point in Eastern Nepal. The bus journey to Ilam, Phidim and Taplejung begins from here; buses are available only until 2 pm at an interval of two hours. Kakarbhitta, a boarder township, is the entry point in the Eastern Nepal. The Ministry of Culture, Tourism and Civil Aviation (MoCTCA) operates an information centre here and the visitors entering Nepal from this point can obtain trekking permits for Eastern region. 7 Pashupatinagar is a small hill-town close to the Indo-Nepalese border in the East. The place is linked with Darjeeling and Sikkim of India by road. As the place is surrounded by beautiful green hill, forest with thatched villages houses, the place could be the good choice for the sight seers.
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary Jhapa Chandragadhi 1606 sq. km. East: West Bengal of India West: Morang District North: Ilam South: Bihar of India Major rivers Kankai, Mechi, Biring, Ratuwa, Kamal, Ninda, Aduwakhola. Longitude: 87 40 88 07 Topography Location Latitude: 26 24- 26 47 Climate Sub-tropical Temperate Maximum 38.5 C. , Minimum 4 . 20 C. Temperature Rainfall 2518. 7 ml. Predominant language, culture Nepali, Rajbanshi, Satar, Limbu, Rai, Maithili, Newari, Tharu, Tamang, Magar, Santhali, Danuwar, Gurung, Bhote Sherpa, Sunuwar, Abadhi, Bhojpuri. Postal services, Telephone, Wireless, Cell Phones. Communication Tourist attraction centers Chandragadhi, Bhadrapur, Sanischare, Damak, Budhbabare Hotel, Lodge, Guesthouse Accommodation facilities Accessibility Airways, Roads Medical facilities Hospital, Health post, Ayurvedic Center and Clinics
EASTERN REGION
EASTERN REGION
Morang
Biratnagar is the district headquarters of Morang district at a distance of 530 kilometers from Kathmandu. Morang is home to Biratnagar, the 2nd largest city in Nepal after Kathmandu. The name Morang is derived from the name of the Limbu King Mawrong Mung Hang, who established Morang Kingdom in the beginning of seventh century. His capital and fort was at Rongli, present day Rangeli. Morang was then annexed to greater Limbuwan by King Uba hang in 849 AD and ruled until 1584 AD when Limbu King Sangla Ing made Morang independent and ruled from Varatappa situated east of Modern Bijaypur. The Ing Dynasty and followed by Sen dynasty then Khebang dynasty ruled Morang until 1774 AD. Morang name fell from use after the annexation of all the Kingdoms of Limbuwan including Morang by King Prithivi Narayan Shah of Gorkha. The last King of Morang was Buddhi Karna Raya Khebang, who ruled from Bijaypur near Dharan. The name Morang came into use again after the Shah Kings divided the country into administrative districts and Morang was named after the old Morang Kingdom. Most of the land is taken up by rice and jute cultivation, though areas of Sal forest remain along the northern part of the district where the plains meet the hills. The Morang plains are one of the most culturally diverse regions in Nepal. Biratnagar is called an industrial zone as some of the largest industries are situated in the place. One can make trips to Dharan and Barahakshetra making Biratnagar the base. The place is easily accessible as it is linked with Kathmandu both by air and by land. To the west are green paddies, jute elds, ood plains and marshes. On the Indian border, the massive Kosi Dam impounds the Sun Kosi River, which is fed by the Tamar River from the 10
Morang Biratnagar 1855 sq. km. East: Jhapa and Ilam West: Sunsari North: Dhankuta and Panchthar South: Bihar of India Ratuwa, Bakraha, Lhandra , Singia and Budhi Major rivers Topography Location longitude: 87 40- 88 00 latitude: 26 00 26 23 Tropical, Sub-tropical and Temperate. Climate Maximum: 39.5 0 C. Minimum: 5.0 0C. Temperature 1312.8 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Nepali, Maithali, Tharu, Rajbanshi, Rai,Limbu,Satar, Magar, Newari, Tamang, Santhali, Bhojpuri, Bhote Sherpa, Danuwar, Gurung, Sunuwar Abadhi, Communication Post ofce, Telephone, Biratnagar, Rangeli, Haraincha, Madhumalla, Chisapani, Tourist attraction centers Bhanjyang, Rani area. Accommodation facilities Hotel, Lodge, Road connection and Airways. Accessibility Hospital, Health post Ayurvedic Center, Clinics. Medical facilities
slopes of Kanche Kanchenjunga h nj njun nga g and the Arun River from the h snows s of Makalu. . Koshi dam m is o one ne of Nepals major hydroelectric droelectric projects. Besides controll controlling l ing g unpredictable able oods a and n nd generating g muc much c h of t the he countrys energy, it t created creat a ed new wetlands ands that form formed med e the Kosi Tappu Wildlife Reserve. One can see few remaining herds of wild water buffaloes and d thousands of migratory birds.
Sunsari
Ineruwa is the district headquarters of Sunsari district at a distance of 500 kilometers from Kathmandu. It is a densly populated district with wide range of ethnic people. Dharan Bazaar is the focal point of this region, lying at the base of the evergreen Bijaypur Hills. An unusual feature of town life is the Union Jack that ies over one of the squat single-storey buildings. This is one of the British Army Gurkha recruiting centres in Nepal. Wiry teenagers from the hills continue a long and noble tradition, enlisting usually for life while older generations, now retired, make the long trek each month from the same hills to pick up their pensions. A tough physical examination limits the number of recruits but those who succeed are tted out with new uniforms and own abroad for 10 months basic training, thereafter returning home for their rst leave to a heros welcome from their relatives and neighbours. The new recruits walk through Dharan smiling proudly and browsing among the market stalls in the old town, where vendors peddle oranges, butter, and herbs. The orchards of the Vijaypur Hills are rich and productive, and surplus fruit is preserved in a recently established canning factory. Access is by bus from Biratnagar through Itahari. Dharan is also the base for trekking the Makalu region. One of the toughest treks in the world takes you from Dharan through the subtropical oor of the Arun Valley and over the Shipton Pass to the slopes of the three great peaks of Makalu, Everest, and Lhotse Bijayapur is a at Churiya hillock which uninterruptedly overlooking the at green Tarai on its south. It lies at a distance of about 3 kilometers north-east of the main Dharan
Sunsari Inruawa 1257 sq. km. East: Morang West: Saptari and Udayapur North: Dhankuta South: Bihar of India Major rivers Koshi, Sunsari, Budhikhola, Pikhuwa and Sharada . Topography Location longitude: 87 19 87 59 latitude: 26 52 27 52 Climate Tropical, Sub-tropical ,Temperate Temperature Maximum: 38. 0 C Minimum: 6.5 0 C 1943 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Nepali , Tharu, Maithali, Rai, Newari, Limbu, Tamang, Magar, Abadhi, Gurung, Satar, Bhojpuri, Bhote Sherpa, Sunuwar, Dnauwar, Santhali. Post ofce, Telephones Communication Dharan, Inaruwa,Itahari, Duhabi,Budhasubba, Dantakali, Tourist attraction centers Barahakshetra, Ghopa Camp Accommodation facilities Hotel, Lodge, and Guesthouse. Road Connection Accessibility Medical facilities Hospital, Health post, Health Center, Ayurvedic Centre and Clinics
city. Clustered and enshrined with many important temples of the region such as Pindeshwor, Dantakali, Panchakanya Budhasubba, Sitaladevi, Shiddhivinatak and Bhimesnsthan, Bijayapur is the most important pilgrimage site in the region. Bijayapur is naturally adorned with typical geo-topography and has a congenial climatic condition. It is a historical township from where the rulers including the Sen Dynasty used to run administration. The ancient artifacts adornment of Bijayapur is now disappearing. Valued by Hindus from prehistoric period as the place where Pancha Pandavs conducted Maha Yagya in Dwapar Era (Era with Krishna as the incarnation of Lord Vishnu during the Mahabharata age), Bijayapur is equally holy place for mongols where shrine of Buda Subba exists. It takes 45 minutes on foot to reach Bijaypur from Dharan. Cars on rent are also available at the Dharan Bus Park. 11
EASTERN REGION
Dantakali temple, Situated in the middle of the beautiful hillock of Vijayapur in Dharan. The temple is famous among the Hindus as the place where lie the sacred teeth of the goddess Satidevi, the consort of the great God Shiva. There is the popular belief that the temple still enshrines the sacred teeth. The Hindu myths and the legends say at the death of Satidevi, bereaved Mahadev carried the dead body upon his solder and walked incessantly in utter agony. Different parts of the body fell in different places as he walked on and the teeth fell in the place where the temple stands at present. The holy book of Swasthani Brata Katha asserts this and gives the name Dantakali lilterally Danta meaning teeth and kali one of the various forms of goddess Durrga. Thousands of devotees from far and near congregate here with great religious fervour; mainly the rst nine days of Dashain see great crowds offering worship and sacrice of goats and other animals and birds. The place is very good for sight seeing too; it is an ideal place to have the bewitching view of the Tarai and Dharan Bazaar. Pindeshwor Temple is situated at Bijayapur and is famous pilgrimage site of the eastern Nepal. It is located nearby Dantakali temple. Budha Subba, Situated amidst the tall trees and bamboo groves, is one of the four major temples at Bijayapur. Unlike many other Hindu temples with the images of gods and goddesses, the temple enshrines three tomblike mounds believed to be the tombs of king Buddhikarna, the last king of the then state of Bijayapur and his family killed by the rulers of Shah Dynast of Gorkha in 1832 B.S. There is
still another legend about the temple that an enlightened old Mongolian (Limbu) Tantric came here wandering from Chulachuli; and discarded his body in ancient time in the place where the temple stands now. The place offers a unique example of religious harmony as the Mongolian deity especially of the Kirantis is worshipped with equal religious fervour by both the Indo-Aryans and the kirantis. In addition many miracles can be witnessed there, bamboos there do not have pointed tops and gnat and crows are never seen in the territory and dewdrops never fall here. People in large number from far and near always congregate here to pay homage and offer sacrice of goats, roosters, eggs, buffaloes, pigs, ducks etc. after their wishes are granted, it is said. Vishnu paduka, situated 8 kilometers northwest of Dharan, is one of the most ancient places of Hindu pilgrimage. On the foot of the mahabharata hill, bear the head of the Koka River, stands the small temple of of Vishnu paduka, which enshrines a stone with a foot print on it, believed to be that of Lord Vishnu. Hindu pilgrims congregate here in thousands to pay homage to the souls of their ancestors. The signicance of the place is not less than that of Gaya in India in this regard. The Hindu scriptures have it that Lord Vishnu himself along with his consort Laxmi offered worships to the omnipresent ancestors. The river Koka and the forest nearby add beauty to the place and it is growing popular among the sightseers as well. It is a historically important place as many remnants of the Kirant age are still found here.
12
Panch meaning ve and kanya means women (virgin), Panchaknyais the temple of ve goddesses Draupadi, Tara, Manju, Kunti and Parvati. Situated 1 kilometer north of Bijayapur square, it is a historical temple supposed to have built by a king of Sen Dynasty, Narendra Sen in the 16th century. Dilapidated by the earthquake in 1988, the temple was renovated later. A beautiful evergreen forest surrounds the temple where peace tranquility and the beauty of nature regimes. Devotees ock there in thousands with the staunch belief that the deities there bless the deaf, dumb and blind children with speech, hearing and eyesight. Besides, large number of nature lovers and picnic groups come here to enjoy the beauty of nature. Varahakshetra, located at the conuence of Sapta Koshi and Kora rivers of Sunsari district, is one of the most famous pilgrimage site of the Hindus from the time immemorial. It is among the four holy Chhetra (Areas) of Hindu pilgrims two of which Varahakshetra and Muktinath, are in Nepal and the rest lie in India. Varaha or the boar is the third of ten incarnations of Lord Vishnu. It is believed that is was the Varaha form of Lord Vishnu that saved the earth from the deluge. Almost all the puranas including Veda state that the Varahakshetra of Nepal is the main site where the Varaha form of Lord Vishnu originated. The Arun Valley which lies close to the ridge on which Dhankuta stands is one of the most remote and beautiful regions in the country. Nowhere are the countrys stunning scenic contrasts more sharply dened than in the Arun valley, in the shadows of the Khumbu Harkna Himal, beneath Makalus daunting 8,481meter peak, where the wide, lazy Arun River meanders along the valley oor. The river bestows a mantle of verdant green and nourishes the cool leafy trees which provide shade all along this enchanted valley and its many neighbouring valleys. Its villages have remained unchanged for centuries. Though only a short distance northward above the tree-clad hills rise the worlds mightiest mountains, at its lowest levels the valley could be in Africa. The bare red earth is dotted with stunted, semi-arid, savannah grass. Groves of succulents and stands of banana trees repeat the African image. The heat of the suns rays, funnelled into the valley by the rising hills, is merciless. Brickmakers use it to bake their product for the thatched cottages on the hillsides. In the north, the valley is bounded by the snow covered 4,100 meter Shipton Pass, beyond which lie the mountains surrounding the three great peaks of Everest, Makalu and Lhotse. Anglers delight in the Ishwa valley, its slopes thick with rhododendrons and magnolias and its mountain streams alive with sh. Barun, another valley, its walls a tangled jungle of undergrowth, with rushing streams and plunging waterfalls, forms an amphitheatre, with the distant Makalu centre-stage.
It was in one of the rivers in this area at a height of almost 5,000 metres (17,000 feet) that a wildlife expert discovered what may well be the only high - altitude salamander in the world. Koshi Tappu Wildlife Reserve is situated on the ood plains of the Sapta-Koshi in Saptari and Sunsari Districts of Nepal. The reserve is dened by the eastern and western embarkments of the river. Vegetation found are mainly sand with a few patches of scrub forest and decidous mixed riverine forest. The reserve offers important habitat for a variety of wildlife. The last surviving wild buffalos are found there. Hog deer, wild boar, spotted deer and blue bull and 208 different species of birds have been recorded. These include 20 species of duck, two species of ibis, many storks, egrets and herons. The Koshi Barrage is extremely important as a resting place for migratory birds. Many species recorded there are not seen else - where in Nepal. Also seen are the endangered gharial crocodile and Gangetic dolphin in the Koshi River.
EASTERN REGION
13
Dhankuta
Dhankuta bazaar is the district headquarters of Dhankuta district at a distance of 590 kilometers from Kathmandu. Situated 56 km north of Dharan, Dhankuta is a beautiful town popularly called the queen of the hills because of its scenic beauty. The place lies in the middle of the region and stands as the commercial centre for northern districts. In addition there is a unique blend of Newari, Kiranti and Indo-Aryan culture which makes the place worth visiting. Dhankuta is famous for its orange groves and leafy scenery punctuated by many mountain streams. It is also the base for trekking in the Kanchenjunga region. Astride the Sikkim border with eastern Nepal, Kanchenjunga is the worlds third-highest mountain. Hile is situated about 13 kilometers north of Dhankuta Bazar and the place is famous for its the panoramic view of Sagarmatha (Mt. Everest), Malakhu, Lotshe, Kumbhakarna etc. Bhedetar, a small hill station, is situated 16 kilometers north of Dharan over a at hillock at an altitude of 1430 meters above the sea level. The place is famous for its suitably cool weather. The panoramic view of the Himalayas, the plain of Tarai, the Saptakoshi River and Dharan bazaar can be seen from a tall point Charlse Point which is the named after Prince Charlse of the United Kingdom when he visited the place. The famous temple of goddess Pathibhara stands 3 kilometers west of the place. The temple can be accessed only on foot. Rajarani, a beautiful valley, is situated 16 kilometers east of Bhedetar in Rajarani VDC. The place is believed to be the
Dhankuta Dhankuta 891 sq.km. East: Terhathum and Panchthar West: Bhojpur and Udaypur North: Sankhuwasabha South: Morang and Sunsari Arun, Tamor, Leguwa, Mangmaya, Banchare, Leuti Major rivers Topography Location Longitude: 87 10- 87 24 Latitude: 26 50 27 09 Sub-tropical, Temperate, Cool- temperate Climate Maximun: 28.0 0 C. Mimimun: 2.2 0 C. Temperature 802.6 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Nepali, Rai, Limbu, Magar, Tamang, Newari, Bhote Sherpa, Maithili, Gurung, Tharu, Sunuwar, Bhojpuri, Abadhi. Communication Post ofce, Telephone, Wireless Chintang, Dhankuta Bazaar, Danda Bazzar, Khoku, Muga, Tourist attraction centers Paripatle, Pakhribas, Vedetar. Accommodation facilities Hotel, Lodge, Guesthouse Road connection Accessibility Medical facilities Hospital, Health post, Ayurvedic Center Clinics
capital of Limbu Kindom in the past. There are two plains, which were once ponds called Raja and Rani. The place has congenial climate and offers spectacular views of the Tarai in the south and majestice Himalayan peaks in the north. Uttarpani is a small bazaar 3 kilometers west of Hile in Belhara VDC surrounded by Rhododendron forest, ponds and pasture lands. Unobstructed view of the Himalayas to the north adds attraction to the place. The motorable road to the place forks at Hile. Small inns and hotels there serve the visitor. Sinduwa is a small but beautiful establishement with surprising scenic beauty situated at east of Hile bazaar. Himalayan ranges are seen in the north and a lush green forest beauties the surrounding area.
14
Terhathum
Myanglung is the district headquarters of Terhathum district at a distance of 650 kilometers from Kathmandu. The word Tehrathum is constructed from thirteen (tehra) and thum (castle or fort). The town supposedly is the site of one of a series of guard posts once protecting the territory of the Limbus (Limbuwan). Terathum, the district headquarters is also known as Myanglung, or Myanglung Bazar. Myanglung is onomatopoeic for the sound of a cat meowing in Limbu language and refers to an old tradition of a resident cat in the town. Word Myang means cat and Lung means stone or mountain in Kirat Limbu language, there is still a stone located in Myanglung bazaar which stone is believed to be pawed by the cat. The place is famous for weaving Dhaka (a traditional handwoven cloth with different patterns on it). Sakaranti Bazaar is the main place of the eastern Terhathum. Located in a beautiful natural setting, the place is marked for beautiful view of the Himalayas and Taplejung district. There is a historically important place called Chuhandanda, 4 kilometers east of the market place. In addition, Sankaranti bazaar is an ideal place to observe various aspects of Limbu culture. Hyatrung Waterfall, located between Eisibu and Samdu VDCs of Terhathum district, is the highest waterfall of the country and is very beautiful. It is at the distance of one days walk from Mayanglung bazaar. Visitors have to nd shelter with the local people or in small teashops. Marga pokhari, situated at Hamarjung VCD of Terhathum district, is a natural pond surrounded by a lush green forest full of birds and wild owers. It is one of the major attractions of the district. On the way to Taplejung is another popular rhododendron forest known by the name of the Milke
Tehrathum Myanglung 679 sq. km. East: Panchthar West: Dhankuta and Sankhuwasabha North: Taplejung and Sankhuwasabha South: Dhankuta Major rivers Tamor Lumu, Khoranga, Koya, Mewa. Topography Location longitude: 87 25 87 42 latitude: 26 5927 17 Climate Sub-tropical, temperate and Cool temperate Temperature Maximum: 30.0 0 C Minimum: 3.6 0 C. Rainfall 1250.8 ml. Predominant language, culture Nepali, Limbu, Tamang, Sherpa, Magar, Newari, Gurung, Rai, Maithili, Tharu, Sunuwar, Rajbanshi, Satar. Communication Post ofce, Telephone, wireless Basantpur, Chohandanda Sankrantidanda, Tehrathum Bazaar Tourist attraction centers and Myanglung Bazaar. Chilling Pokhari, Tiche Pokhari, Siddhamarga, Pokhari, Lakes and Ponds Chitre Pokhari, Lam Pokhari Accommodation facilities Local lodges Accessibility Road connection Medical facilities Hospital, Health Center, Health post and clinics.
Danda (2,905m). Milke Danda provides a closer view of the Kanchenjunga and Kumbhakarna mountains and good view of sunrise and sunset when weather is clear. It is a trekking trail between Taplejung and Basantapur Bazaar. Basantapur Bazaar is a beautiful hill township in Terhathum district. The place stands as the starting point for trekking in Terhathum, Taplejung and Sankhuwasabha districts. All main tracks to the places are linked here so the place is of great importance for local people. The bazaar itself is located in a unique natural setting and is surrounded by a rhododendron forest. In addition, unobstructed view of the Himalayan peaks such as Makalu, Jannu and Kanchanjunga can be seen in clear days.
EASTERN REGION
15
Sankhuwasabha
Khadbari is the district headquarters of Sankhuwasabha district at a distance of 720 kilometers from Kathmandu. It is not yet connected by road, however a road is under construction. Gupteshwor Mahadev is a shrine of Lord Shiva inside a natural cave. The gate to the cave is small but is wide enough for a person to get inside and it can accommodate 200 people at a time. There is a phallic symbol of great god Shiva inside the cave. The phallus is continually showered with milky-water from an under like image of a cow just above of it. Sabha Pokhari is a natural lake of religious signicance. Hindu mythology has it that a wise ascetic Byasa (writer of VEDAS, holy scriptures of Hindu) once organized a gathering of all 88 thousand sages, saint and ascetics, and delivered a speech on how human beings can acquire peace in life time and attain heaven after death. Situated north of Tumlingtar in Sankhuwasabha district by the eastern bank of Arun River, the temple of Manakamana Devi (goddess Durga) enshrines the ancient stone images of Manakamana Devi Nava Durga Bhagawati (Durga in her orginal form), Lord Mahadev (Shiva), Lord Ganesh (son of Shiva and Parvati) along with many more images. Makalu-Barun National Park and conservation area (2330 sq.km.) is situated in Sankhuwasbha and Solukhumbu Districts, bordered by the Arun River on the east, Sagarmatha (Mt. Everest) National Park on the west, the Nepal-China border on the north and the Saune Danda to the south. This is the only protected area in Nepal with a strict nature reserve. There are 75 varieties of orchids, 67 species of valuable aromatic plants, 25 of Nepals 30 varieties of rhododendron, 19 species of bamboo, and 15 oaks including Arkhoulo, 86 species of fodder trees and 48 species of primrose. 16
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary Sankhuwasabha Khandbari 3480 sq.km. East: Taplejung and Tehrathum West: Solokhumbu North: Tibet Autonomous of Region of China South: Dhankuta and Bhojpur Major rivers Arun, Barun, Sabha, Sankhuwa, Pongtha, Heema, Piluwa, Mewa, Eva, Woranga, longitude: 87 05- 87 35 Topography Location latitude: 27 18 27 54 Tropical and Sub-tropical Climate Temperature Maximum: 31.5 0 C, Minimum: 4.5 0C Rainfall 1441 ml. Predominant language, culture Nepali, Rai, Tamang, Sherpa, Limbu, Newari, Gurung, Magar, Abadhi, Maithili, Sunuwar, Rajbanshi. Communication Post ofce, Wireless. Tourist attraction centers Chainpur, Chhyankuti Bhanjyang, Humung, Khandbari, Madibirta, Tumlintar, Sabhapokhari, Panchpokhari, Barabise, Pangtha, Chandanpur, Hedangna, Himalayan Peaks Makalu, Lumbasumba, Kumbhakarna Lakes and Ponds Sabha Pokhari, Gosa Pokhari, Rota Pokhari, Banduke Pokhari, Kala Pokhari, Jumlyaha Pokhari, Panch & Kapdane Pokhari. Waterfall Bodha, Waling, Namase,Batase, Tanglewa. Local lodges Accommodation facilities Airways, Road Connections. Accessibility Hospital, Health Center, Health Post and Clinics Medical facilities
Over 400 species of bi birds ird rds ha hav have ve been sigh sighted g ted d in the MakaluBarun area, including two species never before seen in Nepal. The spotted Wildlife includes the endangered red panda, musk deer, Himalayan black deer, clouded leopard and possibly the snow leopard, in addition to more substantial populations of ghora, Himalayan tarh, wild boar, barking deer, Himalayan marmot and weasel, common langur monkey and the serow.
Bhojpur
Bhojpur is the district headquarters of Bhojpur district. Bhojpur is very famous for Khukuri (legendary Gurkha knife) made by local people. Traditionally, the inhabitants of this area have been the Rai ethnic group. Bhojpur is one of the richest districts in Nepal in biodiversity. Balankha is one of the growing towns in the southwest area of Bhojpur. Another town Ghoretar, southeast of Bhojpur, has been a center point of trade, education and administration for a long time. It is famous as Hatuwa Gadi a powerful Fort of Kirat king Sunahang in Kirat history. The most distinctive thing about Balankha is its famous Chhongkha Chandi celebration. It is the Kirat Rai festival when Rais go to Chandi Than at Dammarkhu village of Khotang (across the river Buwa Khola), pray for good harvest and rain. Then they ock back to open space of Chandi bazar, there they dance and celebrate with great joy. Hatuwagadhi is a signicant historical place of Bhojpur district. The place is situated at Ranibas VDC, 30 kilometers south of the district headquarters. Bhojpur Bazaar is located at an altitude of about 6,000 ft. above the mean sea level. Importance of Hatuwagadhi is due to the fact that the place was the capital of a Kirant state, Majh Kirant before the Unication of Nepal by Shah Kings. The ruins of the place were the capital, and forts can still be seen there. These ruins have greater archaeological, architectural and historical signicance. Besides, the place is adorned with a unique landscape and nature that make the place all time attractive. Panoramic views of Himalayas, green hills, rivers, deep gorges and valleys are regular scenes. It is thrilling experience to see such things from a place in such a low altitude. The other thing that adds to its attraction is the unique culture of the people inhabiting the place and the vicinity. Situated in Bhojpur district, Golma Raja Golma Rani is famous for its unique natural setting. There is myth associated with the place. The myth has it that that the whole marriage processing of king Golma disappeared when it reached that this place in the ancient time. The images in the stone cliff very similar to that of the procession can still be seen.
Bhojpur Bhojpur 1854 sq.km. East: Dhankuta and Sankhuwasabha West: Khotang North: Solukhumbu and Sankhuwasabha South: Udayapur Major rivers Arun, Sunkoshi, Shankhuwa, Pikhuwa, Chirkhuwa, Bukhimand Aduwakhola. Topography Location Longitude: 86 53 87 13 Latitude: 26 5527 26 Climate Tropical, Sub- tropical, temperate, cooltemperate, Alpine. Maximum 31.0 C, Temperature Rainfall 1208.6 ml. Predominant language, culture Nepali, Rai, Newari, Magar, Tamang, Maithili, Gurung, Bhojpuri, Tharu, Limbu. Communication Post ofce, Wireless Chhinamamako, Bhojpur, Dingla, Hatuwagadhi, Taksari, Tourist attraction centers Tyamke Himalayan Peaks Chamlang Himalaya, Sabane Khampalung Lakes and Ponds Salpa Pokhari, Kala Pokhari, Hansa Pokhari, Panchakanya Pokhari. Changa(Chirkuwa Khola), Teen Chhanga Jugu Bokhim. Waterfall Accommodation facilities Local lodge. Road connection, Airways Accessibility Medical facilities Hospital, Health Post, Ayurvedic center and Clinics.
EASTERN REGION
17
18
EASTERN REGION
19
Solukhumbu
Salleri is the district headquarters of Solukhumbu district at a distance of 550 kilometers from Kathmandu. Home to the world famous Sherpas and the highest peak in the world, the Everest, Solukhumbu offers a combination of natural beauty, culture and adventure. A land where the people, the culture and the environment are as timeless as the mighty Himalayas. Solu or Sho Rung as the Sherpas call it lies between 2,600 meters and 3,200 meters of elevation, extending from Jiri to the Dhudh Koshi River. Sagarmatha National Park is listed as a World Heritage Site. It is one of the few places on earth that has such biological diversity and the youngest mountain system in the world. The area is home for a variety of wildlife such as the Red Panda, Snow Leopard, Musk Deer, Himalayan House Hare and over 118 species of bird including the Blood Pheasant and the Impeyan Pheasant. Thuptenchholing Monastery lies in Beni and is about 5 hours away from the Phaplu aerodrome. It is popular as a centre of religious tourism and its reputation has further been boosted by the fame of Thulsuk Rinpoche.The smells of pine and the sight of the monastery give off a sense of serenity and peace. The area is further enhanced by the variety of owers and plant life like Buki, Rhododendron and Pine. Namche Bazar, situated on the lap of Khumbu Himal region, is the homeland of the mountaineering tribe Sherpas. Place is well facilitated with comfortable hotels, restaurants, bars and communication centers. One can visit to numerous peaks and lakes in the area. However, all of Khumbu region is without roads; one must undertake all travels and exploration on foot. Quick access is via the Lukla airstrip from where the park of Namche Bazaar is a two-day walk. Alternative 20 approaches are from the Jiri in the southwest and through Arun Valley. Best time to visit is November or from March to May when days are warm and clear. However, night temperatures can reach to zero. Travelers should come with camping, food and fuel support to be able to move freely although room and board are available in most villages. To enjoy the visit thoroughly it is best to arrange services of guides and porters with government registered companies in Kathmandu.
Solukhumbu Salleri 3312 sq. km. East: Sankhuwasabha West: Dolakha and Ramechhap North: Tibet Autonomous Region of China South: Khotang, Okhaldhunga and Bhojpur Major rivers Dudhkoshi, Howang, Inakhu, Linkhu, Lumadi and Solu. Topography Location longitude: 86 25- 86 58 latitude: 27 23- 28 31 Climate Sub-tropical, Temperate, Cool temperate, and Alpine. Temperature Maximum: 11.5 0 C. Minimum: 1. 8 0 C. Rainfall 1743.5 ml. Predominant language, culture Nepali, Rai, Sherpa , Tamang, Newari, Danuwar, Magar, Gurung, Bhojpuri, Limbu, Maithili, Tharu, Abadhi. Communication Post ofce, wireless Dingboche, Pikelhabsang Karboo, Thami, Thyangboche, Tourist attraction centers Khumjung, Namche Bazzar and Nele. Himalayan Peaks Mt. Everest, Lotse, Gyachangang, Tuptche, Pumori, Amanglam, Chyamlang. Lakes and Ponds Dudhkunda, Dudh Pokhari, Goke Pokhari, Jalim Pokhari, Namche Pokhari, Salpa Pokhari. Accommodation facilities Local Hotels Accessibility Road, Airways Hospital Health Post, Health center and Ayurvedic Center, Medical facilities Clinics
Okhaldhunga
Okhaldhunga is the district headquarters of Okhaldhunga district at a distance of 500 kilometers from Kathmandu. Okhaldhunga is part of area traditionally called Wallo Kirat (near Kirat), home to indigenous ethnic Rai and Sunuwar groups. During Malla period, king Laxmi Narsigh Malla sent Kaji Bhim Malla to the place who displaced the Kirantis. Mall soldiers have paddy. They beat rice out of paddy in a specially shaped stone (dhunga) instrument (okhal) hence the name Okhaldhunga. West of Okhaldhunga district, at Ragini VDC Chandisthan Gupha (cave) is regarded as a mysterious place of religious signicance. Hot wind blows all the time in this approximately 90 meters long cave and nearly 30 meters of the interior can be approached with the assistance of articial lighting. Chandi Devi is one of the various forms of goddess Durga (the goddess of power). It is equally worshipped by Hindus as well as Buddhist in the area. It is an example of the assimilation of Tibeto-Burman and Indo-Aryan religion. This sect is more inuenced by Tantric traditions and is observed mostly in the various places of the district. Situated in Jantarkhani VDC, Tolu Gumba is a place of pilgrimage for Buddhists, especially Sherpa people, The monastery, standing in a very beautiful and attractive place, enshrines brass, wooden and concrete image of Lord Buddha and is a place worth visiting.
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary Okhaldhunga Okhaldhunga 1074 sq. km. East: Khotang West: Ramechhap and Sindhuli North: Solukhumbu South: Udayapur Major rivers Sunkoshi, Dudhkoshi, Malung, Sera, Sepli and Thothekhola. longitude: 86 13 8638 Topography Location latitude: 27 10 27 30 Temperate and Cool temperate Climate Maximum; 29.4 0 C. Minimum: 2.5 0 C. Temperature Rainfall 2025 ml. Predominant language, culture Nepali, Rai, Tamang and Magar.Sherpa, Newari, Sunuwar, Gurung, Satar, Maithili, Limbu, Abadhi, Bhojpuri. Communication Post ofce, Wireless Okhaldhunga, Rumjatar, Kudkabeniand Kakani. Tourist attraction centers Waterfall Pakali, Salabu, Dhikure, Serna, Ratamate Bhuseni, Sepli. Accommodation facilities Local Lodges Accessibility Road connection. Airways, Roads Hospital, Health center, Health Post, Ayurvedic center, Clinics. Medical facilities
EASTERN REGION
21
Khotang
Diktel is the district headquarters of Khotang district at a distance of 580 kilometers from Kathmandu. It is yet to be connected by road which is under construction. Khotang is part of the area traditionally called Majh Kirat (middle Kirat), home to indigenous ethnic Kirat Rai people. At the present time Khotang is inhabited by different ethnic groups. Two feet Shiva Linga enshrines Halesi Mahadev cave. There are two pillars to the immediate north of this Shiva Linga, which stand very close to each other, making a narrow pass. It is commonly believed that the sinners cannot pass through this narrow passage and only a confession enables them to pass through it. Thousands of devotees come here to offer worship to Lord Shiva as it is believed that Halesi Mahadev blesses the poor with prosperity, and the virtuous with knowledge and wisdom. Baraha pokhari is situated at Baraha pokhari VDC, which has a great religious signicance. According to the Hindu mythology; the lake was made in the time immemorial by god Baraha (the third incarnation of Lord Vishnu in the form of a wild boar). 800 m long and 500 m wide lake lies at an altitude of 1700 m. and has remained as the centre of attraction in the district because the colour of the water in the lake changes with seasons and colourful sh of different kinds can be seen in the lake. Lush green forest and magnicent hills around make the place fascinating. Kalikadevi is a famous temple and people visit the place throughout the year and offer sacrice of goats. There is a mysterious small cave close to the temple, which enshrines the symbolic image of Lord Shiva.
Khotang Diktel 1591 sq. km. East: Bhojpur West: Okhaldhunga North: Solukhumbu South: Udayapur Major rivers Dudhkoshi, Sunkoshi, Rawa , Sawa and Sapsu Longitude: 86 30- 87 01 Topography Location Latitude: 26 57 27 20 Temperate, Cool temperate. Climate Maximum: 19.9 0 C. Minimum: 13.4 0 C. Temperature Rainfall 1304.9 ml. Predominant language, culture Nepali, Rai, Newari, Tamang, Magar, Sherpa, Gurung, Maithili Tharu, Bhojpuri, Rajbanshi, Abadhi. Post Ofce, Wireless Communication Tourist attraction centers Diktel, Khotang, Halesi Mahadevsthan Buipa, Lamidanda, Sapsudhap and Ravuwa . Himalayan Peaks Maiyu, Merung, Tyamke. Lakes and Ponds Baraha Pokhari. Waterfall Deeprung. Accommodation facilities Local Lodges Road connection, Airways Accessibility Medical facilities Health post, Ayurvedic Center, Clinic.
Dhodreshwor Mahadev cave is situated at Ratanchha VDC ward No. 2. The cave, which is wide enough to accommodate 700 people at a time, enshrines several symbolic images of gods and goddess along with phallic image of great god Shiva on its walls. The cave has gateways on its west and north, an unfathomable tunnel to the east and an opening to the sky near the northern gateway, which provides light to the cave. Rautaha Pokhari is situated at Rautaha VDC surrounded by evergreen tall forest, not even a single leaf is found is in the pond. Birds are seen to take away the leaves fallen on the surface leaving the pond always clean. As started earlier, many Hindus follow some sorts of animism and for this reason the pond is regarded with religious fervor.
22
Udayapur
Gaighat is the district headquaters of Udaypur district at a distance of 450 kilometers from Kathmandu. Indreshwor Mahadev Temple is situated 1 kilometer north of Gaighat. The temple is regarded as holy as Pashupatinath temple in Kathmandu. The added advantage of the temple is that even the non Hindus are not prohibited interring the temple. Trivenidham, at the conuence the three rivers Kamala, Tawa and Dudhauli, Hindu people from far and near congregate in large numbers to celebrate a religious fair on the occasion of Makar (Maghe) Sakaranti every year. The fair lasts for 3 weeks.
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary Udayapur Gaighat 2063 sq.km. East: Dhankuta and Sunsari West: Sindhuli North: Okhaldhunga, Khotang and Bhojpur South: Siraha and Saptari Major rivers Trijuga, Tawa, Baijunath, Bahandura, Risku, Kakura. longitude: 8617 87 07 Topography Location latitude: 26 41 27 08 Tropical and Sub-tropical. Climate Temperature Maximum: 36.6 0 C Minimum: 5.4 0 C Rainfall 1668.6 ml. Predominant language, culture Nepali, Magar, Maithali, Rai, Tamang, Newari, Danuwar, Sherpa, Sunuwar, Gurung, Limbu, Tharu, Satar. Communication Post ofce, Wireless Gaighat, Udayapur Gdi, Chaudadigad, Katai Beltar, Tribeni, Tourist attraction centers Rautaha and Murkuchi. Lakes and Ponds Rautahako, Suke Pokhari. Waterfall Manedanda, Khuwake, Chhatang, Batase, Sidhya. Local Lodge Accommodation facilities Accessibility Road connections Medical facilities Hospital, Health Center, Health post, Ayurvedic Center and Clinics.
EASTERN REGION
23
Saptari
Rajbiraj is the district headquarters of Saptari district at a distance of 455 kilometers from Kathmandu. Saptari is renowned for its agricultural output. It lies at 25 km west of the Koshi Barrage along the East West highway. The way to Rajbiraj forks at Vardaha, a bus stop nearby Koshi Barrage. The mix habitation of the Terai communities like Yadavs, Rajputs, Tharus, Kayasthas, Telis and Muslims and mountainous communities like Brahmans and Chhetris make unique socio-cultural structure of the place. In addition presence of famous pilgrimages as Sakhada Bhagawati and Chhinna Mastadevi temple in town make Rajbiraj worth to visit. Especially during Dashain, Tihar and Chhath festivals proximity around the Koshi Barrage looks like a Paradise. Boating on wooden planks in the icy-cool water of great Saptaskoshi River and river scenes is yet another factor that adds to the attraction of Rajbiraj. Fattepur is a small town in Saptari district situated 15 kilometers north from Kanchanpur, a well-known bus stop in East-West highway. Established by the side of Trijuga River the town is surrounded by a tropical forest to the north. The place best serves as the base for trekkers coming from far and near and heading towards the northern districts such as Udayapur, Khotang and Bhojpur. The place offers same sceneries of at land and shery is other things worth seeing.
Saptari Rajbiraj 1363 sq.km. East: Sunsari West: Siraha North: Udayapur South: Bihar of India Koshi, Trijuga, Balas and Khenda. Major rivers Topography Location longitude: 86 29 86 58 latitude: 26 26 26 47 Tropical, Sub-tropical Climate Maximum: 39.6 0 C. Minimum: 4.0 0 C. Temperature 1717 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Maithili, Nepali, Newari, Abadhi, Rai, Gurung, Tamang, Bhojpuri, Limbu, Sherpa, Sunuwar, Rajbanshi, Tharu. Communication Telephone, Trunk Call, and Wireless Rajbiraj, Hanumannagar, Sakhada, Til-thi, Chandranagar, Tourist attraction centers Bhogwati, Bairba, Raj-banauli and Koshibarrage. Lakes and Ponds Ghoda Daha, Kalyan, Kamala, Mahuli, Manik. Accommodation facilities Local Lodges Accessibility Road connection, airways Medical facilities Hospital. Health post, Clinics.
24
Siraha
Siraha bazar is the district headquarters of Siraha district at a distance of 415 kilometers from Kathmandu. On the either sides of East-West Highway locates Lahan, the only municipal town in Siraha district. Mostly inhabited by Tharus, Yadvas, Muslims and Madwaris, the place is a market establishment where people from mountain and Terai purchase their basic needs. Siraha Bazaar is situated 22 kilometers south of Chaharwa, a bus stop on East-West highway lying 18 kilometers west of Lahan. It is a small township mostly inhabited by Yadavs, Jha, and Rajput with interesting traditions and culture. The town is stretched from north to south clustered with small business establishment serving the local needs. Buses to Siraha are available at Lahan. The interiors of the Siraha district are densely populated in comparison to other districts. Some interesting indigenous communities live here. Tharu, Pasawan and Dhusadha are some of them gloried with their ancient cultures. Man made big ponds of the size of thousands of square meters and 4-5 meters depth, clustered all around, is the example of their interesting tradition. Manikdaha is a pond named after the king Manik. It is believed that the king has dug the pond in ancient time. The place is situated to the north of Lahan at about 4 hours walking distance. The pond is about 1 kilometer in length and about 100 meters in width and has the natural shape of a river and is always full with water. The vicinity of the pond is clustered with small temple enshrined with the earthen images of various gods and goddesses.
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary Siraha Siraha 1188 sq. km. East: Saptari West: Dhanusha North: Udayapur South: Bihar of India Major rivers Kamala, Mainabari, Gagana, Kutti, Balan and Kalyan Longitude: 86 05 86 32 Topography Location Latitude: 2616 2637 Tropical, Sub-tropical Climate Maximum: 38.5 0 C. Minimum: 3.5 0 C. Temperature Rainfall 1442 ml. Predominant language, culture Maithili, Nepali, Tanang, Magar, Newari, Danuwar, Rai, Gurung, Bhojpuri, Tharu, Sherpa, Limbu, Abadhi, Sunuwar. Communication Post ofce, Telephone, Wireless Siraha Bazzar, Lahan, Gol Bazaar. Tourist attraction centers Accommodation facilities Local Lodges Accessibility Road connections Medical facilities Hospital, Health Center, Health Post and Clinics.
EASTERN REGION
25
26
CENTRAL REGION
CENTRAL REGION
27
28
Dhanusha
Janakpur is the district headquarters of Dhanusha district at a distance of 380 kilometers from Kathmandu. Janakpur in the heartland of ancient Mithila, reputed to have been once a large well planned city and centre of learning. It is credited to be the capital city of King Janak, the father of Sita of the Ramayana epic. The present town is enclosed by an eight kilometers long brick-paved ring road which includes 24 large tanks, 21 ponds and numerous Hindu shrines dedicated to Rama, Sita, Laxman and Hanuman. Animal slaughter is not allowed within the limits of the ring road. Janakpur town has market days on Sundays and Tuesdays in addition to the numerous religious fairs visited by pilgrims from India. The railway station is at eastern end of the town and connects Janakpur with Jaynagar in Bihar of India. The Indian border is about eight kilometers south across Jaleswar where there is a Shiva Shrine. Janaki temple, dedicated to Sita, is one of the most famous temples in the Tarai belt. Janaki temple is the heart of the town and was built by the queen of Tikamagadh (Bundelkhand) in 1910. This elaborate temple of marble that forms the focus of Hindu devotees however is a specimen of 17th century Mughal architecture. Janaki is another name of Sita, the consort of Rama (the epic hero of Ramayan). King Janak, who was renowned for his wisdom, was Sitas father. His palace was located here and it is after him that this place came to be known as Janakpur. There are number of places, ponds and temples in Janakpur that reects the events taken place during the Ramayana age. The images worked out on marble are worth seeing. The local people prefer calling it Naulakha for it is said that rupees nine lakh (Rs. 0.9 million) was spent for its construction at the time. Devotees from India and Nepal congregate here in thousands on the occasions related to Rama and Sita, such
Dhanusha Janakpur 1180 sq. km. East: Siraha and Udaypur West: Mahottari North: Sindhuli South: Bihar of India Bighee, Charnath, Gap Ghagar, Hardinath, Kamala, Rato, Major rivers Bidhee, Sunjoree, Selar, Ghagar, Kol, Dugdhawati. Topography Location Longitude: 85 52- 86 20; Latitude: 26 35 27 05 Tropical, Sub-tropical Climate Temperature Maximum: 40.5 0 C. Minimum: 4.4 0 C. 1479.8 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Maithali, Nepali, Magar, Tamang, Newari, Bhojpuri, Danuwar, Rai, Limbu, Sherpa, Gurung, Sunuwar, Abadhi, Tharu, Santhali, Rajbanshi. Communication Post ofce, Telephone,Wireless, Cell Phones Janakpurdham, Janaki Mandir, Ram Mandir Dhanusha Tourist attraction centers Lakes and Ponds Gangasagar, Dhanussagar, Dugthawatee, Aaragaja Hotel, Lodge, Guesthouse Accommodation facilities Accessibility Road Connections, Railway, Airways. Hospital, Health Center, Health Post, Ayurvedic Center Medical facilities
as Rama Navami and Vivaha Panchami. The other places of attraction in the periphery of Janaki temple are Rama Mandir, Ganga Sagar etc. Dhanushadham is a historical and religious site dating back to the time of the great Hindu epic Ramayana. It clearly reects the long history of Nepali art and architecture. Previously known as Janak Sarobar, the holy pond of Parashuramkunda holds a historical as well as cultural signicance. It is believed to be the pond where Maharishi Parashuram bathed to quell his anger after his confrontation with Ram over the breaking of the sacred bow of Shiva. The pond is picturesque, with lotus owers oating on it and lush trees on the southern banks. The pond of Mithileshwar Nikas VDC is 4 kilometers west of Dhanushadham. 29
CENTRAL REGION
Mahottari
Jaleshwor is the district headquarters of Mahottari district at a distance of 255 kilometers from Kathmandu. It is a neighboring town of historical city, Janakpur. The name Jaleshwor means the God in Water. One can nd a famous temple of Lord Shiva in Water there. Jaleshwor lies at few kilometers distance from the Nepal-India border. In ancient period Mahottari was in Mithila state. Legends say soil from Matihani was used in the marriage ceremony of Ram and Sita. Tasmaiya hymn is popular among the resident that remembers Saint Tasmaiya Baba. A local Brahman called Mahodari made a big pond in his area. Pond was named after him and later Mahodari was terminated to Mahottari. Before the unication of Nepal the district was under Makawanpur state. Prithivinarayan Shah conquered the district in the 1762 AD. Mahottari Pokhari, Barun Sar, Bhargais Sar are main ponds in the district. Jaleswor, Matihani, Ratabara, Gaushala, Sona Maisthan, Harapukha Gaun are main area of interest in Mahottari.
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary Mahottari Jaleswar 1002 sq. km. East: Dhanusha West: Sarlahi North: Sindhuli South: Bihar of India Major rivers Banke, Bindhi, Goge, Jangha, Megha, Rato. longitude: 85 41 85 58 Topography Location latitude: 26 40- 27 08 Tropical, sub-tropical, Mild temperate. Climate Temperature Maximum: 40.0 0 C. Maximum: 4.5 0 C. Rainfall 1479.8 ml. Predominant language, culture Maithali, Nepali, Magar, Tamang, Abadhi, Newari, Sherpa, Tharu, Gurung, Rai,Bhojpuri, Danuwar, Limdu, Sunuwar. Communication Post Ofce, Wireless, Telephone Jaleswor, Gaushala, Harpukhe Gaun, Matihani Ratwara, Tourist attraction centers Sana Maisthan Lakes and Ponds Barunsar, Bhargawasar, Mahodari. Accommodation facilities Hotel, Lodge Road connection Accessibility Medical facilities Hospital, Health Post, Clinics
30
Sarlahi
Malangwa is the district headquarters of Sarlahi district at a distance of 205 kilometers from Kathmandu. Sarlahi is one of richest districts in terms of crop production but the least developed district in the Janakpur zone. Before the construction of East-West Highway, Sarlahi was a remote district. Densely forested district is deforested and new settlements are increasing day by day. Many wild animals are rarely found these days. Mostly Yadavs live though Tharu and Danuwar are indigenous and ethnic people. Muslims are living in southern belt. Agriculture is major economy of the district. Tribhuvannagar, Belbas, Harpur, Rajawa Bazaar, Sundarpur Bazaar, Murtiya, Harion, Simara and Nawalpur aea major places to visit.
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary Sarlahi Malangawa 1259 sq.km. East: Mahottari West: Rautahaat North: Sindhuli South: Bihar of India Major rivers Bagmati, Thim, Lokhanti and Banke longitude: 85 24 85 49 Topography Location latitude: 26 477 2708 Tropical, Sub-tropical, Mild temperate Climate Temperature Maximum: 40.0 0 C. Minimum: 4.0 0 C. Rainfall 1775 ml. Predominant language, culture Maithali, Nepali, Tamang, Magar, Newari, Tharu, Bhojpuri, Sunuwar, Limbu, Rai, Gurung, Abadhi, Sherpa, Danuwar, Santhali, Rajbanshi Post ofce, Telephone, Wireless, Trunk call Communication Tourist attraction centers Malangawa, Haripur, Belbas, Sandarpur Bazzar, Mutiya, Rajwabazzar, Nawalpur, Tribhuwanagar. Ghudda, Madimain. Lakes and Ponds Accommodation facilities Hotel, Lodge Road Connection Accessibility Medical facilities Hospital, Health post, Ayurvedic Center, Clinic
CENTRAL REGION
31
Sindhuli
Sindhulimadhi is the district headquarters of Sindhuli district at a distance of 250 kilometers from Kathmandu. This small valley lies between Mahabharata and Chure ranges. The place is being cleared of forest for new settlements. The headquarter Sindhulmadi had grown fast at the cost of the older Sindhuligadhi town. The settlers are manly Brahmins, Chhetris, Tamangs, and Magars from nearby hills and the shops belonged to Newars from Dhulikhel. Sindhhuligadhi is an old fort in Sindhuli surrounded by stone walls with an elaborate ground plan. An uphill of stone steps leads to the only entrance on the northern side of the Fort. Inside the enclosure of the outer zig-zag wall lies a large circular court with entrances at the four cardinal points. On the south gallery between the inner and outer courts, wall is hexagonal, well made up of bricks and mortar which is about 10 meters deep. The eastern gallery has a large canon captured from the rst British expeditionary force in 1767. Sinndhuligadi was the Gorkhali outpost that shattered the 2,400 strong British force led by Captain Kinlock. The fort lies on the Mahabharata ridge. The old Darbar of the district administrator has been converted in to a police post after the headquarters of Sindhuli district was shifted from here to Sindhulimadi. 32
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary Sindhuli Sindhulimadhi 2491 sq. km. East: Udayapur West: Makawanpur North: Kavrepalanchok, Ramechhap and Okhaldhunga South: Sarlahi, Mahottari and Dhanusha Major rivers Bagmati, Kamala, Arun, thakur Gwang khola, Bitijor, Baksu khola, Marin khola and Rosi khola Topography Location Longitude: 85 30 8637 Latitude: 27 25 27 58 Climate Tropical, Sub- tropical, Temperate Maximum: 37.5 0 C. Minimum: 3.0 0 C. Temperature Rainfall 1419.5 ml. Predominant language, culture Nepali, Tamang, Magar, Danuwar, Newari, Sunuwar, Rai, Sherpa, Gurung, Maithili, Bhojpuri, Abadhi, Tharu, Limbu. Post ofce, Wireless Telephone Communication Tourist attraction centers Hariharpurgadi, Sindhulimadi, Dumja and Kamalamaisthan. Accommodation facilities Hotel Lodge Accessibility Road connections Hospital, Health Post, Ayurvedic Center, Clinics Medical facilities
Ramechhap
Manthali is the district headquarters of Ramechhap district at a distance of 210 kimometers from Kathmandu. It is located on the eastwest aligned phyllite ridge. The place had a windmill that was damaged by gale force. Looking at the heavily deforested slopes, it is not surprising that Ramechhap faces acute water shortage. The nights are cold with strong winds although the local administration makes some arrangements. Chhap is popular nick-name like Kiranti Chhap, Naya Chhap, and Thin Chhap.
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary Ramechhap Manthali 1546 sq. km. East: Okhaldhunga and Solukhumbu West: Kavrepalanchok North: Dolakha South: Sindhuli Major rivers Kimti, Likhu, Milti, Sunkoshi, Tamakoshi, KhiniBhathounli, Chaurikhola Topography Location longitude: 85 53- 8642 latitude: 2717- 2747 Cool temperate, Alpine Climate Maximum: 35.0 0 C. Minimum: 5.0 0 C. Temperature Rainfall 2025 ml. Predominant language, culture Nepali, Newari, Tamang, Magar, Sunuwar, Sherpa, Gurung, Rai, Maithili, Abadhi, Limbu, Bhojpuri, Tharu. Post ofce, Wireless Communication Tourist attraction centers Ramechhap, Kebaleswar. Bajgaun, Sanghutar Accommodation facilities Lodge, Hotel, Accessibility Road connections, Airways Health Center, Health post, Ayurvedic Center, clinic Medical facilities
CENTRAL REGION
33
Dolakha
Charikot is the district headquarters of Dolakha district at a distance of 140 kilometers from Kathmandu. Dolakha is mountainous district of Janakpur zone in the central development region. Sitali, the lowest part of the district is 723 meter above sea level whereas Mt.Gaurishankar, the highest part of the district is 7134 meter above sea level. Dolakha is the land of all seasons. There are numerous places to go and sites to see. Dolakha is an attractive tourist destination and the people of Dolakha are eager to welcome tourists in the district. Charikot provides a spectacular mountain views, the prominent peak being Gaurishankar (7134m). Geographically looking like the beautiful Indian city, Darjeeling, situated at an altitude of 1970 meter. One can see Rolwaling range, Tamakoshi River, green hills and settlements. Jiri valley lies at the distance of 55 kilometers east from Charikot. Swiss tourists compare this valley with beautiful city of Switzerland, Jurich. The valley has its own importance being the gateway to Mt. Everest. It is from Jiri that one starts to trek to Lhotse, Cherdung, Thodung. Walking around Jiri valley or up to the Cherdung Cheese Factory (1hour walking distance) will be a welcome exercise for your legs before starting the long one from Jiri. Village nearby is the home of Jirel, not found in other districts of Nepal. This fact could be an interesting subject for sociological research and for those having special interest on it. Kalinchok temple (3842m) is situated 18 kilometers to the north of Charikot. Goddess Kalinchok is regarded as a wish fullling goddess through out the country. The temple has its remarkable signicance on the occasion of Janaipurnima, Dasai, Chaite Dasai, a huge procession takes place centered around the goddess. Kalinchowck is 6 hours walk uphill 34
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary Dolakha Charikot 2191 sq. km. East: Solukhumbu West: Sindhupalchok North : Tibet Autonomous Region of China South: Ramechhap Major rivers Tamor, Charanawati, Khare, Khimtee, Miltee, Rolwaling, Singtee Longitude: 85 50 86 38 Topography Location Latitude: 27 32 28 05 Tropical, Sub-tropical, Cool temperate, Alpine Climate Temperature Maximum: 27. 0 C. Minimum: -5.0 0 C. Rainfall 2043.05 ml Predominant language, culture Nepali, Tamang, Sherpa, Newari,, Sunuwar, Magar, Gurung, Abadhi, Maithili, Tharu, Limbu, Rai, Rajbanshi, Bhojpuri. Communication Post ofce, Wireless Charikot, Bhimeswor, Dolakha Bazaar, Jiri, Kalinchok Mai, Tourist attraction centers Lama Bazaar, Helambu Himalayan Peaks Melungse, Gauri Sankar, Chobha-Bhamare. Lakes and Ponds Kalimchokmai Kunda, Panch Pokhari Panch Pokhari Waterfall Accommodation facilities Hotels, Lodges. Accessibility Road Connections Medical facilities Hospital, Health Center, Health Post, Ayurvedic Center, Clinics.
from Charikot. It is a famous pilgrimage site for Hindus. The fascinating Kalinchowck hill also offers a gorgeous view of the Himaliayan range, enchanting hundred green hills, beautiful settlements etc. Beding village is located in Ward No. 1 of Gaurishankar VDC. The Sherpas inhabit the village and the prime source of their livelihood in climbing mountains. Sherpas are world famous mountaineers, capable of climbing mountains without formal education and training.
Sailung is one of the most magnicent tourist attractions situated 18 kilometers southeast from Charikot. It is an important place for religious and natural tourist. One can visit Sailungeshor Mahadev and hundreds of pleasing green hills. It is situated in an elevation of 3500 meters and is connected by motorable road. Dolakha offers an opportunity to see a typically traditional Newari village. It is an important place of pilgrimage too. The famous rooess temple of Dolakha Bhimsen (also known as Bhimeshwor Mahadev) is situated in the eastern part of Charikot. Dolakha town has its own importance for its economic, social and religion eld. Dolakha encompasses the history of both the Kirant and Lichhchavi period. Trade route to Bhote of Tibet from Dolakha was linked from Tamakoshi till the end of the Malla period. There are three entry points to Tibet named Kuti through Bigu, Bhote through Lachema and Tibet through Lamabagar. Newar are the tribes of religion, culture, language and other social systems. God Bhimsen, the famous temple in Nepal, is situated in the town which was established in Kirat period, it is estimated. It is believed that if any distinct episode in country is going to happen in the country, the statue of God Bhimeshwor begins to sweat. It is also stated in Puran that the Pandav
remained under ground for one year in this place. While remaining hidden, it is said, they used a different language for communication. This language is recognized as Dolakha language at present. Pilgrims from India and different parts of Nepal come to visit the temple with faith of completion of wish. Out of four epithets of God Shiva, it is known that one is Pashupatinath and other is Bhimeshwor. The temple is believed to be established in Kirat era. Bhimeshower is also known as One Icon, Three Incarnations. The temple of Lord Bheemsen is rooess. It is regarded as the deity of boundless power. Various processions take place on the occasions of Bhime Ekadeshi, Dasai, Chaite Dasai and Khadga Jattra. Bhimsen is god of powers and also god of traders. But even traders and businessmen think Dolakha Bhimsen in separate parts in power. Once a minibus was driven in reverse gear from Katmandu to Dolakha Bhimsen to wipe out the problems of the Nepalese People. Situated 72 kilometers northeast of Kathmandu, Helambu is called the trekkers paradise. The place is famous for its scenic beauty. In addition Sherpa villages of the locality are very interesting. Starting point of Helambu Trek is usually from Sundarijal. One can also reach Helambu via Panchkal.
CENTRAL REGION
35
Sindhupalchok
Chautara is the district headquarters of Sindhulpalchok district at a distance of 90 kilometers from Kathmandu. Lying in the lap of Jugal himal, it is believed to be named after two hills Sindhu and Palchok. The Sherpa villages of Helambu due north of Kathmandu valley presents an easy getaway. This area because of its low elevation and the Sherpa villages make it an interesting 6 day loop. Starting with a short drive from Kathmandu to Sundarijal the trail to Helambu climbs on to the Shivapuri ridge from where there are sweeping views of the central Himalayas. Rivers and mountainous valleys are another attraction of this trek. This trip involves moderate hiking and reaches a height of 3500m. Tatopani is a famous place with hot springs. It is believed that many skin problems are cured by bathing in these hot springs as well as it also relives pain of various body parts. Hot springs are well managed by local people with shops that provide drinks, towels, bathing suits etc.
Sindhupalchok Chautara 2542 sq. km. East: Dolakha West: Nuwakot, Rasuwa and Kathmandu North: Rasuwa and Tibet Autonomous Region of China South: Kathmandu and Kavrepalanchok Sunkoshi, Indrawati and Bhotekoshi Major rivers Topography Location longitude: 85 27- 86 06 latitude: 2742- 28 11 Sub-tropical, Temperate, Alpine. Climate Maximum: 28.5 0 C. Minimum: 4.0 0 C, Temperature 3604.3 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Nepali, Tamang, Newari, Sherpa, Gurung, Magar, Maithili, Limbu, Rai, Sunuwar, Abadhi, Rajbanshi, Star, Danuwar. Post Ofce, Telephone, Wireles. Communication Tourist attraction centers Chautara, Barabise, Helambu, Tarkeghyang, Tatopani, Lamusangu and Dugunagashi. Himalayan Peaks Lang Pogang, Lang Pagang, Fewi Chaehlu, Worje Lakpa, Gyaljen Chuchura, Ladles Peak. Lakes and Ponds Bhairawa Kunda, Surya Kunda. Waterfalls Bhairawa Kunda Khola, Gunchhathal.Lidee, Balefee, Kanglang. Hotel, Lodge Accommodation facilities Accessibility Road connection Medical facilities Hospital, Health Center, Health post, Ayurvedic Center, Clinic
36
Kavrepalanchok
Dhulikhel is the district headquarters of Kavrepalanchok district at a distance of 35 kilometers from Kathmandu. Dhulikhel, an ancient town is on the side of the Araniko Rajmarga (KathmanduKodari Highway) at an altitude of 1550 meters, which commands a prominent location on top of a high hill. There are several sights worth seeing in Dhulikhel. The Newar town of Dhulikhel offers a traditional atmosphere along with spettacular views. Once an important link in the ancient trade route to Tibet, Dhulikhel has a glorious past which can be witnessed in the lovely buildings and intricate woodcarvings found in the shop-lined strees and temples. Dhulikhels main square contains a Narayan shrine and a Harisiddhi temple. In the north on a hill above the village stands a magnicent three-storeyed Bhagvati temple, famous for its ceramic-tiled facade. It is also a good vantage point for views of the major peaks of the Himalayas. The mudand-thatch houses in the sweltering valley below are home for tamangs and other communities. Banepa is 30 kilometers from Kathmandu along the Araniko Highway. There is a statue of King Tribhuvan in the center of town. The old part of the town in the northwest side has some interesting buildings and squares. There are two Narayan temples in the old town square. There is a famouse three-roofed temple dedicated to the goddess Chandeshwari at a distance of 1 kilometer northeast of Banepa with a motorable road to get there or one can walk past the elds. It is believed that a demon named Chand used to terrorize Banepa valley and Goddess Parvati came and killed the demon, hence the name Chandeshwari. On the west wall of the temple is a large colorful painting of Bhairab in his destructive mode.
Kabhrepalanchok. Dhulikhel 1396 sq.km. East: Ramechhap, Sindhuli and Dolakha West: Kathmandu, Lalitpur and Bhaktapur North: Bhaktpur and Sindhupalchok South: Makawanpur and Sindhuli Sunkoshi, Roshi, Indrawati and Kokhajor . Major rivers Topography Location longitude: 85 23 85 49 latitude: 27 21 - 27 42 Sub-tropical, Temperate Climate Maximum: 30.5 0 C. Minimum;. 0.5 0 C Temperature 1299.8 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Nepali, Tamang, Newari, Sherpa, Magar, Danuwar, Sunuwar, Rai, Gurung, Maithili, Tharu. Communication Post ofce, Telephone,Wireless, Cell Phone Dhulikhel, Banepa, Dolalghat, Khadpu, Khopasi, Mangaltar, Tourist attraction centers Palanchok, Panuti, Panchkhal. Lakes and Ponds Dew Pokhari, Narayan Pokhari, Mahadev Pokhari, Tarokhaseko Pokhari Waterfalls Tindhaikhola, Shashipani. Hotel, Lodge Accommodation facilities Accessibility Road connection. Medical facilities Hospital, Health Post, Health Center, Clinics, Ayurvedic centers
CENTRAL REGION
37
The roof struts have carvings of the eight Ashta Matrikas and eight Bhairabs. The temple has a Siva Linga and images of Ganesh and Nandi. The doorway has a brightly colored image of Parvati killing the Chand demon on top of it. The bathing ghats on the stream near the temple are considered auspicious. There is a chariot festival in which Chandeshwari is taken out at the same time as the Nepali New Year (mid April).
Palanchok
There is a famous temple of goddess Bhagawati known as Palanchok Bhagawati 50 kilometers east of Kathmandu. It is believed that the statue of the Palanchok Bhagawati is the most beautiful one among all the other Bhagawati statues in the Kathmandu valley. It was rst built by King Mandev and has been renovated four times after it was rst built on 500 AD. Devotees believe that the goddess fulls their wishes. This temple region is also well known for sight-seeing around Panchkhal Valley and Himalayan Region.
Panauti
One of the most fascinating Newar towns in the area, Panauti stands at the conuence of two rivers south of Banepa in a small valley surrounded by mountains. It is 100 kilometers from Kathmandu at and altitude of 1,768 meters. People say that Panauti is located on a single Stone Base. There used to be a kings palace in the main village square and the town is noted for two ne examples of Malla temple architecture - a three-storeyed 16th-century Indreshwar Mahadev temple and a Narayan shrine, both of which have been restored. Architecturally and historically, the Indreshwar Mahadev temple is regarded as one of the most important of all the Newar shrines in Kathmandu Valley. It is thought to have replaced an earlier one built in the llth to 12th centuries. The carving on its struts conveys the profound serenity of Shiva, in his many incarnations. Two shrines guard the courtyard one to Bhairav, another to an original nature goddess. This is simply a symbolic stone. There is another Krishna temple on a peninsula at the conuence of the two rivers, with several Shivalingams nearby and a sacred cremation Ghat. On the other side of the Bungamati River, a famous 17th-century temple has also been restored and a chariot festival is held there each year. It is dedicated to Brahmayani, chief goddess of Panauti after Indreshwar Mahadev. It lies no more than 50 kilometres from the crest of the great peak of Shisha Pangma (8,013 m), or Gosainthan in the west, and much the same distance from Mt. Everest (8,848 m) in the east. It takes four to ve hours to reach Panauti from Kathmandu by a car. The time passes swiftly, for the road cuts through a wonderland of raging rivers, valley towns and forested slopes.
Namo Buddha
Namobuddha is an important destination for Buddhist pilgrims. Road to this place passes through some typical villages such as Kavre and Phulbari before reaching the Buddhist monastery at Namo Buddha. On the hill above Namobuddha is a famous stone tablet depicting a Buddha (there have been many before the historical Buddha) feeding himself to a starving tigress and her cubs, a famous Buddhist tale expressing the great compassion of the Buddha.
38
Lalitpur
Lalitpur is the district headquaters of Lalitpur district at a distance of 5 kilometers from Kathmandu. Malla kings ruled, lived and worshipped in Lalitpur and that is why its Darbar Square in Patan is surrounded on all four sides by inspiring temples and shrines built specically in relation to the palace. The square itself is a study of the various styles of architecture that have made their homes in this courtyard. If there were any truth in the story that King Ashoka erected the four stupas next to the palace, it would make Patan the oldest existing Buddhist city. Until recently, Patan was its own entity, and travelling from Kathmandu to Patan was like crossing from one town to the other. There is little demarcation, with the trafc owing from the streets of Kathmandu across the Bagmati Bridge into the industrial areas of Patan. But once you step into Darbar Square, you move into another world.
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary Lalitpur Lalitpur Town 385 sq.km. East: Bhaktapur, Kabhrepalanchok West: Makawanpur and Kathmandu North: Bhaktapur and Kathmandu South: Makawanpur Major rivers Bagmati, Godawori, Nakkhu, Khani, Kodkhu, Tungun, Thotne, Durlung and Manohara Topography Location longitude: 85 14- 85 26 latitude: 27 24- 2741 Sub-tropical, Temperate, Cool temperate. Climate Maximum: 30.4 0 C. Minimum: -1.2 0 C. Temperature Rainfall 1232.6 ml. Predominant language, culture Newari, Nepali, Tamag, Sherpa, Danuwar, Magar, Gurung, Maithili, Rai, Limbu, Bhojpuri, Tharu, Satar Post ofce, Telephone Communication Tourist attraction centers Patan as a whole Lakes and Ponds Guwaldaha, Katuwaldaha, Godawari Kunda, Nagdaha, Bojho Pokhari, Saraswatidaha. Accommodation facilities Hotel, Lodge, Guesthouse Road connections Accessibility Medical facilities Hospital. Health Research Center, Ayurvedic Center, Clinics
Sightseeing
Right at the entrance to Patans Darbar Square, another royal mall, is an octagonal Krishna temple near an immense copper bell cast in the 18th century by Vishnu Malla and his queen, Chandra Lakshmi. Traditionally, the bells deep sonorous clanging summoned worshippers, but it was disc, used as an early warning system in the event of emergencies: like res, earthquakes and raiding armies. The Royal Palace is made up of three choks (courtyards). The gate to the oldest, Mul Chok, is guarded by two stone lions. Another smaller courtyard enclosing the Bidya Mandir stands within the quarter of the old Patan royal family. To the south of Mul Chok lies Sundari Chok and a recessed bath called Tusha Hiti. Stone Nagas, the delicately carved gures that adorn the side of the bath are stunning in their detail and in quality of their craftsmanship. Originally,
eight miniature statues of the Ashta Matrikas earth mother goddesses, Bhairava and Nagas (serpants) were carved; some are missing today. Finally, a gilded stone spout feeds water into the bath. On the other side of Mul Chok, beyond the Taleju Bhawani Temple, is the shrine of Degu Talle, patron god of the Mallas. Patans most imposing monument is the sculpture of King Yoganarendra Malla seated on a lotus atop a sixmetre pillar in front of the Degu Talle Taleju temple. He ruled at the beginning of the 17th century and it is still
CENTRAL REGION
39
popularly believed among residents of Patan that one day he will return to take up his rule again. For this reason, one door and one window in the palace always remain open to welcome him. Siddhi Narsingh Malla built the three-tiered building in 1640. Hidden in the shadow of the chok to the north is Manga Hiti, spouting water through three carved crocodile heads. People still line up to refresh themselves in the cool water. Bishwa Nath Mandir, the temple, that faces Manga Hiti, suffered severe damage during a storm in 1989. It has since been reconstructed. The temple next to it, the three-storeyed Bhimsen Mandir, is well maintained for the simple reason that it is the patron god of the traders and so is supported and kept up by its devotees. Parts of the temple are painted in silver, the rest gilded. One of the most beautiful temples in the country and generally regarded as a masterpiece of architecture, the Krishna Mandir is built entirely of limestone and is the legacy of King Siddhi Narsimha Malla, who reigned for 41 years in the 17th century. In 1682, the kings son, Shri Nivasa Malla, restored the undated Bhimsen temple after it was damaged by re. Since then it has been restored once more, following the 1934 earthquake. King Prithvi Narayan Shah swept into the Valley in 1768 to oust the Mallas, the 14th century Royal Palace was badly damaged. However, its ornate gates, delicately-carved struts, statues, open courtyards and many rooms, conference halls, sleeping chambers, kitchens and so forth recall the glory of Malla architectural splendour. A statue of a gilded Garuda at the top of a column faces the Krishna Mandir in prayer. Another gure, shaded by a Naga meditating atop a pillar is King Siddhi Narsingh Malla. Behind him, the oldest temple in the square, dedicated to Char Narayan, is a two-storey brick structure, dating to 1565, which celebrates four of Vishnus 10 avatars. The next temple is Hari Shankar, followed by an eightsided Krishna Temple not to be mistaken for. Two stone lions guard its stairway. Further back, the Bhai Dega houses a Shivalingam with a huge bell hanging from two pillars. Set next to the Krishna temple is a three-storeyed Vishnu temple notable for its tympanums, the ornate triangular recesses set between the cornices of its low gables. One of Patans oldest temples, Charanarayan, is believed to have been built around 1566 by King Purendra, although lately, architectural historians suspect it belongs to the 17th century. The struts of this two-storeyed pagoda building are embellished with lively and acrobatic erotica either inspiring, or inspired by, the Kama Sutra and enough to give any gymnast food for thought.
Patans treasures are not conned to the immediate precincts of its Darbar Square. Golden temple; another Buddha shrine, is only ve minutes walk from the Darbar Square and Mahabuddha lies at two kilometres distance. Kumbheshwar at ten minutes walking distance from Darbar Square, one of the two ve-storeyed temples in Kathmandu Valley where Shiva is believed to stay for six months each year during the winter before leaving to spend summer with his consort Parvati on the crest of Gaurisankar.
Around Patan
The outskirts of the town locates valleys largest Tibetan camp and a centre for Tibetan handicrafts at Ekantakuna. The refugees remain busy carding wool and weaving carpets. In the rst building, rows of women in traditional costume sit on the oor, one to three on a carpet, weaving traditional patterns, chatting and singing. In the next building, old women and men comb the wool before it is spun into threads. Shops display these handicrafts for sale.
Patan Museum
Museum is located in the residential palace compound of the Keshav Narayan Chok inside the Royal Palace Complex at Paian Darbar Square. Exhibits dating back to the 11th century or even earlier are kept in display. Some 200 objects of more than 1,500 in the national sacred art collection have been selected for permanent display. They are mostly cast in bronzes and gilt copper with work that covers both Hindu and Buddhist iconolgy.
40
Jawlakhel Zoo
The zoo is near the craft shops in the industrial area, where a selection of exotic South Asian animals, especially Himalayan species are kept, and remains open daily.
Bungamati and Khokana

The 16th-century Malla king who ruled Kathmandu from Patan, concerned that his subjects might move too far from the city to serve its defence, established two settlements Bungamati and Khokana near the Karya Binayak shrine, amid fertile elds. During a major drought, the king sought the blessings of the rain god, Machhendranath, at a temple in India, inviting the deity to come and settle in the Valley. He built a shrine at Bungninati where, some time in the last decade of the 16th century; it became the custom to keep the image of the Rato Machhendra during winter, moving it back to Patan by palanquin in summer. The village is noted for its strongly stated, shikhara-style Rato Machhendranath temple. The adjacent Lokeshwar shrine contains an image of Bhairavs massive head in full, demoniac fury. Yet another shrine of Karya Binayak stands on a tree-clad hill and beyond that, 10 minutes walk away, is a brick-paved village famous for the manufacture of mustard oil, Khokana. It has a temple dedicated to the nature goddess, Shukia Mai, or Rudrayani. Rebuilt after the 1934 earthquake, its main street is noticeably wider than in similar villages.
The Lele Valley Road

Two of the Valleys most ancient villages, Chapagaun and Lele, date from Lichhavi times. Standing on a high plateau at the edge of another valley, 16th-century Sunakothi has a shrine of Bringareshwar Mahadeva, which houses one of the most sacred lingams in Kathmandu Valley. Next to the shrine is a two-storeyed Jagannath temple. Path climbs gently upward through the terraced elds to Thecho, with its brightly decorated Balkumari temple. Two kilometres from Thecho, guarded by a metal Ganesh shrine and a statue of Brahma the road enters Chapagaon where, as legends say, one of the Malla kings sent his son into exile for founding a caste of his own. The central square contains two temples, both two-storied, dedicated to Narayan and Krishna. The struts carry detailed erotic carvings. Close by, in a singlestoried building, is an image of Bhairav, the villages major deity. South of Chapagaon are the two small hamlets of Bulu and Pyangaon. King Anand Malla, the founder of the Bhaktapur dynasty, is said to have built seven new villages in the east of Kathmandu Valley, but of these, three were already in existence - Banepa, Nala and Dhulikhel. The four that he did build are Panauti, Khadpu, Chaukot and Sanga, although some lie outside the Valley. Nonetheless, King Anand Mallas vision gave Banepa and Dhulikhel, situated as they were on the main Silk Road from Kathmandu to Tibet, much greater status and strategic value.
Red Machchhendranath and Minnath

The pagoda of Machechhendranath built in 1408 A.D. is situated in Tabahal, Lalitpur. For six months the deity is taken to Bungamati.
Bajra Barahi
Situated in a small woodland park, it is about 10 kilometers south of Patan near the Chapagaon village. A visit to Tika Bhairav and Lele from here is worthwhile.
Phulchoki
Located about 10 kilometers southeast of Patan, this 2,758 meter hill is a good spot for hiking. A Buddhist shrine is situated on the top of the hill, which can be reached through a off-road vehicle or on foot.
CENTRAL REGION
41
42
Bhaktapur
Bhaktapur bazar is the district headquarters of Bhaktapur district at a distance of 16 kilometres from Kathmandu. It is probably the most visited of the three historic cities, nicely compact and only a brief walk from Nyatapola, the tallest and most popular of Nepals pagoda temples. Like Kirtipur, Bhaktapur is a medieval town locked in centuries old beliefs and traditions. But, unlike Kirtipur, the town is economically robust; walking its streets you nd artisans at work, craftsmen producing their wares and modern facilities. Also known as Bhadgaon, city of devotees, the name of the ancient city indicates its religious antecedents. King Ananda Malla is reputed to have founded the town although it is more likely that a group of villages involved in trade with Tibet slowly came together to shape it. Bhadgaon reached the pinnacle of its glory during the Malla era and Bhaktapur has maintained its individuality mainly by virtue of its selfsufciency and isolation from Kathmandu. Fields still encircle the town, cultivated by Bhaktapurs farmers, working since centuries. The town grows its own crops. The women wear the distinctive black patasi bordered with a bright red strip. The towns Darbar Square is usually overrun with tourists, who sometimes stand there stunned, not only by the incredible, dimensions of the Nyatapola Temple but also by the nonstop hurly-burly of hawkers, pedestrians and children who occupy the place by day and seemingly by night. Most seek sanctuary in a tearoom, where a good hour can be spent sipping the piquant local tea and studying the erotica in the area.
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary Bhaktapur Bhaktapur bazar 119 sq.km. East: Kavrepalanchok and Sindhupalchok West: Kathmandu and Lalitpur North: Kathmandu South: Kabhrepalanchok and Lalitpur Godawori, Dorkhu, Sisneri, Hanumante, Manohara, Major rivers Durgakhola, Khasang, Khusung and Chankhu. Topography Location Longitude: 85 23- 85 31 Latitude: 27 37 27 44 Climate Sub-tropical, Temperate and Cool temperate. Temperature Maximum: 31.0 0 C. Minimum: 1. 0 0 C. Rainfall 1362.2 ml. Predominant language, culture Newari, Nepali, Tamang, Maithili,Sherpa, Gurung, Bhojpuri. Communication Post Ofce, Telephone, Cell Phone Tourist attraction centers Bhaktapur City, Changunarayan, Nagorkot Suryavinayak, Thimi, Sisneri, Nagadesh, and Sano Thini. Lakes and Ponds Siddha Pokhari,Bhaju Pokhari, Kamal Pokhari. Hotel, Lodge. Guesthouse. Accommodation facilities Accessibility Road Connections Hospital, Health Post, Health Center, Ayurvedic, and Clinics, Medical facilities Medical Collage
Getting there
Journeying from Kathmandu, one passes through a big open eld, Tundikhel, and the Siddha Pokhari, a water pond before entering the city. The pokhari is four centuries old and has a group of temples dedicated to Shiva and Vishnu and a stupa nearby. Local residents believe it to be the home of a large snake and balk at the idea of draining its none-too-clean waters. Continuing along the road through Bhaktapur one can go left to the Darbar Square to see the towns ne monuments. The right-hand fork takes you into a residential area with many traditional houses.
CENTRAL REGION
43
Sightseeing
Darbar Square was badly damaged by the earthquake of 1934 AD and lost its largest temples. However, the 1989 earthquake spared the temples and levelled instead about 200 traditional houses. Now the Darbar Square does seem much emptier than those at Kathmandu and Patan. After the main entrance, the two statues anking the small gate in front of the police station are of Ugrachandi Durga, depicted with 18 arms, and Bhairav, with 18 arms. The arch of the gate, built of lime-plastered brick in the 18th century by Bhupatindra Malla, is a depiction of the face of glory. It looks out on three remarkable temples of different styles, whose divine proportions are concealed by all being huddled together. One, the single-storeyed Jaganath temple houses an image of Harishankara; the second, a two-storeyed Krishna temple standing in front of it, contains images of Krishna, Radha and Rukmani; and the third, the Shiva Mandir, is built in the shikhara style, four porticoes each with a niche above it for plated images of gods. The temple opens its doors only once a year, during the Vijaya Dashami festival celebrations, when Talejus golden statue is placed on the back of the horse, stabled in the courtyard, and led around the town in a procession. During the festival the goddess is believed to take up residence in the south wing of the building. The adjacent palace is renowned mainly for its 55-windowed Hall of Audience, an elaborately carved balcony and its collection of woodcarvings, some damaged in the 1934 earthquake. It is a prime example of the artwork of Kathmandu Valley, regarded by many as its nest. One of the carved windows is believed to be the handicraft of Bhupatindra Malla. His statue with him sitting, hands folded reverently before Taleju faces the famous Golden Gate, or Sun Dhoka, which is the most priceful artefact in the
country, commissioned in 1754 by King Jaya Ranjit Malla to adorn the outer entrance to the Taleju temple. The body of the gate is copper, overlaid in gold. As with many Newar structures it has both Hindu and Buddhist inuences. At the top of the frame is a carving of Garuda. At the top of the frame is a carving of Garuda.. When the gate catches the suns rays during sunrise and sunset it glitters and sparkles like the precious metal itself. On the left, before going through the gate, a restored portion of the old palace is used as the National Art Gallery. Hanuman and Narsingh guard the gallery gate. A ne collection of thangka is displayed in the Gallery. Beyond the Golden Gate a courtyard leads to other courtyards. The sides of the chok are decorated with delicate and beautiful carvings. Two sacred choks denitely worth mentioning, but out of bounds to non-Hindus, are the Taleju and Kumari choks. The entrance of Taleju chok is on the left, the gate to Kumari chok on the right. Sundari Chok was the ritual-bathing place of the king. The large tank is decorated with mainly statues of deities. In the centre, an impressive naga rises from the bottom of the tank, facing another almost identical carving. The tank, which is now dry, used to be lled with water from the nearby hills. The former German Chancellor Helmut Kohl reconstructed the Chaysing Mandap, destroyed during the earthquake in 1934, as a gift to the Nepali people. It took three years work to restore it from sketches. The next most prominent part of the square is the awesome Nyatapola Temple, Nepals tallest ancient structure, built by King Bhupatindra Malla. It stands in ve tiers and is balanced by the ve foundation platforms that stand at the base. From as far back as you can stand, it looks like a fretted pyramid climbing up to the clouds, reaching a height of more than 30 metres. Its inspiration is said to have been
44
a form of appeasement to the terrifying menace of Bhairav, who stands in another temple. There seems to be more than just fancy to this tale. Certainly, no menace terries those who swarm over its plinth and up its steps of Nyatapola Temple, which are guarded on each side by legendary sentinels. Jaya Malla and Patta, two wrestlers said to have the strength of 10 men, are at the bottom. Next come two huge elephants, each 10 times stronger than the wrestlers, then two lions, each as strong as 10 elephants, two grifns, each as strong as 10 lions and, nally, on the uppermost plinth, two demi-goddesses, Baghini in the form of a Tigress, and Singhini, as a lioness, each 10 times stronger than a grifn. Siddhi Lakshmi, to whom the temple is dedicated, is consequently the most powerful of all these gures. She is depicted with other deities on the struts. Even the caretaker priests can only see the image of the goddess inside the temple at night. It is a pattern of guardian sentinels found nowhere else in Nepali temple architecture and is considered signicant evidence of the measure of appeasement required to placate Bhairav. Bhaktapur Darbar Square also boasts a large bell that was used both to summon worshippers and to sound alarms, particularly if there was a night curfew, when it was rung to send citizens scurrying home. There are other temples in the Darbar Square for Kumari, Vatsala, Durga, Narayan, Shiva and Pashupatinath. The last is the oldest in the city, built around the end of the 15th century by the widow and sons of King Yaksha Malla in his memory, though some argue Jita Malla, father of Bhupatindra built it much later, in 1682.
Bhaktapur legend says Lord Pashupatinath appeared before him in a dream and ordered him to build the temple. Another legend has it that the king wanted to visit the temple at Deopatan but was unable to cross the Bagmati in full ood, and so he ordered another temple resembling Pashupatinnth to be built in Bhaktapur. Bhaktapurs famous peacock window is tucked away in a side road near the Pujari Math. The pottery bazaar is a good example of the robust cottage industries that thrive in the town. At harvest time they work in the elds or tend to rice drying in the sun. Sometimes rafts of ery red chillies are seen drying on the roofs and roads. Bhaktapur is famous for its delicious juju dhau the kings curd. Flat earthen containers full of yoghurt can be found in some stores.
Thimi
Thimi is just three kilometres west of Bhaktapur, the Valleys fourth-largest settlement founded by the Malla dynasty. It takes its name from the Nepali word for competent Thimi. This is an honour bestowed upon Thimis residents by the Bhaktapur monarchs for their skill in ghting off the rival kingdoms. It is a town of potters, where families pass on their skills from generation to generation, turn out fashionable of vessels from the clay for domestic use and art works such as peacock, ower vases and elephant representations. The colourful 16th-century Balkumari temple is the towns main shrine and nearby, in a much smaller dome-shaped shrine, is a brass image of Bhairav. But Thimi is more renowned as the location, along with two other adjacent villages Nade and Bode of the most riotous of Nepals New Year (Bisket Jatra) celebrations. Nade is noted for its multi-colored, threestoried Ganesh temple. Bode boasts a Mahalakshmi temple, a two-storied 17th- century temple built, according to local legends, in 1512, after Mahalakshmi appeared in a dream to the king of Bhaktapur. Every year on New Years Day, the square around the Bal Kumari temple in Thimi witnesses a spectacular gathering of 32 deities carried in elaborate multi-roofed palanquins under ceremonial umbrellas. Later, the crowds move across the eld to Bode to witness another New Year ritual (see Festivals).
Nagarkot
Nagarkot is situated 32 kilometers east of Kathmandu at an altitude of 2,175 m above the sea-level, the place is famous for the panoramic view of Sagarmatha (Mt. Everest), Mansaslu (8,463mt.), Ganesh Himal (7,134mt.) and Numbur (6,957mt.). A motorable road links Nagarkot with Bhaktapur; however, trekking is equally enjoyable. It is one of the most scenic spots in Bhaktapur district and is renowned for its spectacular sunrise view of the Himalaya when the weather is clear. Visitors often travel to Nagarkot from Kathmandu to spend the night so that they can be there for the breathtaking sunrise. Nagarkot has become famous as one of the best spots to view Mount Everest as well as other snow-topped peaks of the Himalayan ranges of eastern Nepal. It also offers an excellent view of the Indrawati river valley to the east. Nagarkot also offers a panoramic view 45
CENTRAL REGION
46
of the Valley and is described by visitors as a place whose beauty endures year round. Ever popular among the tourists are the short treks and picnics, which Nagarkot offers. Treks from Nagarkot are unique and delightful. For anyone who wants to have an adventure without exerting much effort, a hike to Nagarkots surrounding areas would be a good option. One can traverse short distances on trekking trails and come close to natures wonders such as the outer of verdant forests, ower-covered meadows and unusual rock formations.
earthquake have often damaged Changu Narayan and its environs, this link with its ancient past remains. Lifes rhythms there in the cobble stone square remain unchanged with pilgrims platforms and lodges surrounding it and the central temple. Besides the spectacular views from the top, the area around Changu Narayan offers many good opportunities to walk and explore. Along the ridge to the east, a two hours walk takes you to the road to Nagarkot.
The National Bronze Art Museum

This has a collection of some of the nest pieces of bronze created by valley artisans. It holds 900 of such artifacts. The artwork ranges from Malla to the later period. The oldest work of art is believed to be from the 11th century.]
Changu Narayan temple (First writtenStone script

found in Nepal) On another hilltop 11.5 kilometres east of Kathmandu, the Valleys oldest temple, Changu Narayan, stands in almost derelict splendor, its struts and surroundings covered with hundreds of nely detailed, delicately carved erotic depictions. It is one of the best examples of the temples dedicated to Lord Vishnu. Founded around the 4th century,
The National Art Gallery

Located in the Palace of Fifty Five Windows in Bhaktapur, is believed to be the rst in the Kathmandu Valley to use glass, much coveted by the ancient rulers. Within the palace are beautiful paintings of erotic motifs and animals. The stone-work is worth seeing and a room outlines the life and times of the Shah Kings of Nepal. Also on display images of famous people and scriptures that are among the most valuable in the country.
The National Woodwork Museum

Located in Dattatreya Square, Bhaktapur this museum often surprises visitors as it contains very nely carved pillars, windows, doors, and struts. There are also wood carving samples that go back to the period of King Yaksha Malla in 15th century.
it represents the very best in Nepali art and architecture and it is difcult to imagine a more stunning example of what Kathmandu Valley is all about. Woodwork, metalwork and stonework combine in dazzling harmony nowhere to more effect than in the sculptures of Bhupatindra Malla, the 17th-century Malla king. The most popular route to the temple is from the Sankhu road across the Manohara River. After a walk uphill, you come to a pair of stone elephants. A few small temples ank the two-tiered main shrine, and a twin-roofed pagoda. On the right, a temple houses two sculptures. Vishnu, in the form of Avatar Narsingh, a lionheaded gure, is depicted destroying the king of demons. The other statue is of Vishnu Vikrantha, a dwarf with six arms. Further back on a terrace, an upright, at black stone bears an image, created between the 5th and 6th centuries, of Narayan reclining on Ananta at the bottom and Vishnu with 10 heads and 10 arms going through the different layers of the universe. It is surrounded by later sculptures from the 9th century. A man-sized image of Garuda, with a coiled snake around his neck, graces the front of the main temple and also dates back to the 5th or 6th century. One of the oldest and most prominent Lichhavi inscriptions, which stand beside it, records the military feats of King Mana Deva, who ruled for 27 years from 464 to 491 AD. Though re and
CENTRAL REGION
47
Kathmandu
The Kathmandu Valley has an exotic setting. It is surrounded by a tier of green mountain wall above, which tower mighty snow-capped peaks. It consists of three main towns of great historic, artistic and cultural interest: Kathmandu, Patan and Bhaktapur. The Kathmandu Valley covers an area of 565 square kilometers. It is situated 1348m above sea level. The ancient Swasthani scriptures tell of Lord Shiva, supreme among Hindu gods, who came down to the Kathmandu Valley to escape boredom. He came as a tourist, if that is the appropriate word, but he was neither among the rst nor the last of the gods to visit the Valley. Visitors have come to Nepal since times forgotten. And though the country is much different today than it was in ancient times, it has not diminished in charm; the increase in the number of visitors over the years is a living proof. Those who come to the Valley today will appreciate a lot more than Lord Shiva did in his tour. The architecture started here by the Lichhavi and Malla kings is one such example. Much of the greenery that Lord Shiva saw is gone, but the forests surrounding Pashupati, where he stayed, are still intact. The seven World Heritage Sites in the Kathmandu Valley designated by the United Nations Educational, Scientic, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) are the highlights of the Valley.
Kathmandu Kathmandu City 395 sq. km. East: Bhaktapur, Lalitpur, Kavrepalanchok and Sindhupalchok West: Dhading and Makawanpur North: Nuwakot, South: Bhaktapur, Lalitpur and Makawanpur Bagmati, Bishnumati, Manohara, Dhobikhola, Major rivers Tukucha (Ikshumati) and Machhekhola etc. Topography Location Longitude: 85 10- 8528 Latitude: 2725- 2735 Sub-tropical, Temperate, and Cool temperate. Climate Temperature Maximum: 32.7 0 C. Minimum: -1.0 0 C. 1306.57 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Nepali, Newari, Tamang, Gurung, Sherpa, Magar, Maithili, Rai, Bhojpuri, Sunwari, Tharu, Abadhi, Rajbanshi, Satar, Danuwar, Santhali and others. Communication Post Ofce, Telephone, Wireless, trunk call, UTLs, Cell Phones Kathmandu valley as a whole. Tourist attraction centers Lakes and Ponds Taudaha, Indradaha, Nag Pokhari, Rani Pokhari, Matatirtha Balaju Water Garden Sundarijal, Waterfalls Hotel, Lodge, Guesthouses, Motels, Friendly Homes. Accommodation facilities Accessibility Road connection, Airways Medical facilities Hospitall, Health Post,Health Research Center, Nursing Homes, Ayurvedic Hospital Medical Clinics Medical Collages.
Kathmandu Darbar Square

Kathmandu Darbar Square is in the heart of old city Kathmandu in Basantapur. The complex was residence to Nepals royal family before the construction of the Narayanhiti Palace. The founding of the Palace dates back to Licchavi times. With considerable renovations by Malla rulers and later the Ranas, construction was accomplished progressively over many centuries. There are around 50 temples in the vicinity including the temple of titular deity, Taleju Bhawani. The Darbar is divided into two courtyards, the outer comprising Kasthamandap, Kumari Ghar, and Shiva-Parvati Temple, and the inner consisting of Hanuman Dhoka and the main palace. It also houses two museums. Important ceremonies, including the coronation of the Nepali
Kasthamandap
Kasthamandap, meaning wooden pavilion, is the biggest of all the Patis (a place for visitors to rest) in Kathmandu. It is commonly believed that the massive wooden structure was built out of the timber from a single tree. The exact date of its construction and the name of the person who built it is not known so far. However, its name has been found mentioned in the oldest ever inscription of 1134 AD.
48
Singha Darbar
Singha Darbar is a gorgeous place built in Neo-classical style. The palace was once the private property of Rana Prime Ministers and now it houses the Secretariat of Government of Nepal and the Parliament. Some years ago some parts of the imposing palace were destroyed by re, however, restoration was made immediately afterwards.
Narayanhiti Darbar
Narayanhiti Darbar used to be the royal palace of Nepal. It is named after the famous water spout, Narayanhiti. After Nepal has been declared Federal Democratic Republic by the rst constitutional assembly on 28th May, 2008, the place has been converted into a museum. monarch, are held in the Kathmandu Darbar Square. Most parts of the palace premises are open for tourists throughout the week during ofce hours.
Keshar Mahal
To the west of the Narayanhiti Darbar Museum stands Keshar Mahal, a palace built in Leo-classical style. The interior area of the palace presents a view of the interior decoration and structure of Rana palaces. The building now houses an impressive library with very good collection of books and manuscripts. Ministry of Education and culture is located inside the premises. It remains closed on the government holidays and on Saturdays.
Tundikhel
It is a huge green eld situated at the center of the city of Kathmandu. Ratna Park, the Open-Air Theatere and Nepal Army Pavillion are to one side and on the other side there are Army headquarters and Dasharath Stadium (Dashrath Rangashala).
Mahankal Sthan
Situated on the western side of Tudhikhel, Mahankal Sthan preserves the ancient pagoda style temple of Mahankal inside it. Appreciation of this ne example of ancient art and architecture is a reward in itself.
Balaju Water Garden

The water garden of Balaju is situated ve kilometers northwest of Kathmandu at the foot of Nagarjun hill. The garden, Mahendra Park and famous 22 waterspouts dating from the mid-eighteen century form a wonderful sight. There is also a swimming pool. Buses to the Balaju can be found at the bus various bus stops.
Dharahara and Sunadhara

Dahrahara literally means tower. This 59.29 m. tower was built in 1883 AD by Bhimsen Thapa, Prime Minister at that time. Thus the tower is also known as Bhimsen Stambha. Now the tower is open for the public to climb on top and viewing Kathmandu. Sundhara, the golden water fountain, was also made by the same person around the same period and is situated at the foot of the tower. The place can be approached very easily as it is the main city area near Sahid Gate Bus park.
Sahid Gate (Martyrs Memorial)

This monument at an important place of the city was built to honour in the memory of four martyrs, Shukra Raj Shastri, Dharma Bhakta, Ganga lal and Dashrath Chand, who sacried their lives to bring an end to the autocratic Rana Regime. The memorial arch of Sahid Gate contains the images of the Martyrs and late king Tribhuvan, the Father of Nation.
Bhadrakali Temple
Situated at the eastern edge of Tundikhel, this temple contains the image of Bhadrakali (one of the nine forms of Bhagwati). This temple is also called Lumarih Ajima by Newars in the valley and is regarded as one of the main Bhagwati temples of Kathmandu.
CENTRAL REGION
49
Taleju
Taleju being the family goddess of the ancient kings of Kathmandu, Patan and Bhaktapur, there are temples of Taleju in each of the old palaces. Among these three Taleju temples the one in Kathmandu is the biggest and is considered to be of greater signicance. Mahendra Malla built it in 1563 A.D. There are other temples too in the Hanumandhoka premises but the temple of Taleju is the tallest of all. there are four small but beautiful temples on four sides of this temple, which offer some of the nest examples of Matrika art.
Akash Bhairab
A three storied temple in the main market avenue, called Indrachok, the image of Akash Bhairav is displayed out side for a week during Indra Jatra, the festival of Indra, the God of Rain.
Ashok Vinayak
The small but very important temple of Ashok Vinayak is situated behind of Kasthamandap. It is also know as the Kathmandu Ganesh or Maru Ganesh.
Living Goddess Kumari

Nepal has an extraordinary custom of worshipping Kumari (virgin, the symbol of purity). She is worshipped as an incarnation of Taleju Bhagvati (a Hindu goddess) and is reverently installed as Kumari or living goddess. The house where she is installed thus is called Kumari Ghar (the house of Kumari) which was made by Jaya Prakash Malla in 1757 A.D. There is one Kumari Ghar in Kathmandu to the south of Hanumandhoka. Similarly there is one in Patan and one in Bhaktapur. However, the Kumari of Kahmandu is considered to be of more signicance in many regards. Kumari of Kathmandu is selected from among the small girls of the priestly Buddhist community, the Shakyas. A group of celebrated persons including Bada Guruju and Raj Guruju select a girl from the above-mentioned community through a difcult and deliberate process, which examines her purity from the religious point of view, as well as her fearlessness. Once she is selected she resides in her shrine with the decoration that shows her divinity- a kind of golden crown on her head, a big Tika on her forehead c and thick collyrium swear around her eyes. a nd a t She Sh he continues to resume the position with divine till d di vine grace til ill l she is disqualied. She is disquali disq qua u lied due e to two reasons; rstly her puberty getting into p ube and secondly natural or loss of tooth or a calamities es like death d causing bleeding. wound causin ing b worshipped in a grand manner She is wor rsh like chariot processions, in the occasion occa in the chapter devoted which is described de to the f festivals of Nepal. The Kumaris of the Patan and the Bhaktapur are chosen chos se from different communities by comparatively less illustrious persons but comp they have the same religious ground. 50 5 0
Seto (White) Machhendranath

The double storey pagoda style temple of Seto Machhendranath is situated near the road between Asan and Indrachok in Kathmandu. Inside the temple there is white image of Machhendranath and around the temple, there are Chaityas (Buddhist Shrines) of different sizes. In addition, there is a rich variety of images, paintings, intricate carvings and other artistic ingenuity. Thousands of pilgrims ock around the place on the occasion of Ratha Yatra, the wooden chariot procession which occurs every year in the month of Chaitra/Baishak (March-April).
Tripureshwor Temple
Lying at the north bank of the river Bagmati in the south of Kathmandu city, this big pagoda style temple has a shapeless Shivalinga in its sanctum. There are small size temples of Vishnu, Surya, Ganesha and Devi on its four corners. Historical records show that the temple was buil by the Queen Lalita Tripurasundari Devi Shah in 1818 A.D.
Swoyambhunath
The Stupa of Swoyambhunath is located on a hillock nearly 3 kilometers west of the of Kathmandu. Swoyambhu means the Self-Existent One. The Stupa was given the name because of the belief existing among the people that Adi-buddha appeared on his own accord from among the lotus in this place. Prayer wheels encircle the Stupa of Swoyambhu with Om Manipadme Hum inscribed on them. There are images of Adi-buddha Taras around the Stupa. This projection has a
pair of unwinking eyes with the peculiar nose below on its all four sides. Buddhist religious scriptures describe them as Tantradi, Mantradi and Yantradi, which are supposed to operate the whole universe. Tympanums and thirteen signs crown this square projection. Each of the tympanums bears the image of Adibuddha and the thirteen rings indicate of thirteen heavens.
Budhanilakantha Narayana
The famous image of Budhanilakantha is located about 8 km north of Kathmandu city. The six meter long image, avershed by eleven serpent heads and reclining and carved serpents as bed, is partially submerged in small pool of water. This image has four hands the upper right and left hand hold Chakra (disc) and Gada (club) while the lower right and left hands hold Padma (Lotus) and Sankha (conch shell) respectively. Some historians believe that this image was installed in the place by Vishnu Gupta in 7th century. Another important thing about the statue is that Vaidics, Saivas and Buddhists attach similar signicance to it and regard it with equal reverence.
Pashupatinath
The famous temple of Lord Pashupatinath lies on the west bank of holy river, Bagmati. It is near about 5 kilometers northeast of Kathmandu. Gopal Vamshavali, the oldest ever chronicle in Nepal, states that the temple was build by Supuspadev, a Lichhavi king, who ruled around 464-505 A.D. However, another ancient chronicle states that this temple was in the Linga shaped Devalaya before Supuspadev
constructed a ve storeyed temple in this place. The temple was renovated at different periods and nally it took the present shape during the period of Shivasimha Malla (15781620 AD). Later it was renovated two times: in 1674 and in 1697 AD. The temple is square shaped and it is in pagoda style. It stands in the middle of the specious courtyard. It has four silver /gold gilt doors on all the four sides and all the available space is lled with carvings and paintings even the struts depict various deities in various postures. Around the temple of Pashupatinath there are other smaller temples such as: Vasuki, Chandeshwor and Kirtimukha Bhairava (7th Century), the temple of Bramha (9th Century), Kotilingeswor, the temple of Unmatta Bhairava, Muktimandap, Radha Krishna and Parthiveswor (1470-1678 AD). According to the Hindu scriptures Pashupatinath is one of the most important places of pilgrimage. As the literal meaning of the word Pashupatinath is lord of all the animals of the universe, it is supposed to have control over all the living beings, human and non- human alike. Vedas and Puranas (sacred books of Hindus) elaborately described the fourfaced Lingas that enshrine the sanctum of the temple. The four faces are described as the symbol of four Dhaamas (four holiest places of the Hindu pilgrimage) and four Vedas (sacred books of Hindus). For these reasons pilgrims from different parts of the world ock in this place in all the seasons. The visitors can be counted in thousands everyday and in hundreds of thousands in the special occasions like Maha Shivaratri. The signicance of the place is recognized in the international level too. Pashupati area is included in the list of the world cultural heritage.
CENTRAL REGION
51
52
CENTRAL REGION
53
Guheswari temple
Near Pashupatinath is bolted another historic and holy temple of Guheswari. Only Hindus are allowed to enter the temple courtyard.
Chandra Vinayak
The temple of the Chandra Vinayak is situated about 200 meters north of Chabahil Stupa . This double tiered brass roofed temple house a tinny image of lord Ganesh, the elephant headed god.
Bouddhanath
The Stupa of Bouddhanath lies 8 kilometers east of Kathmandu. This ancient colossal stupa is one of the biggest in the world.
Gokarna
This lovely Games Sanctuary, also known as Gokarnasafari Park, lies about 10 km. north east of Kathmandu. Many wild animals such as spotted deer can be viewed in the sanctuary. It has a nice 18 hole golf course run by Le Meridian. On the northern side of Gokarna, is a pagoda of Gokarneshwor Mahadev.
Shesh Narayan
This temple of Narayan is located at Pharping on way to Dakshinkali. The image of Shesh Narayan enshrines the sanctum of the temple. It has a small pond with crystal clear water with colorful sh. It is believed that a Lichhavi King, Haridatta Varma, built the temple.
Sundarijal
It is famous for its scenic beauty. There are magnicient waterfalls, cataracts and rocks formations. It is an ideal picnic spot- just a short hike away from the motorable road.
Dakshin Kali
The famous shrine of Dakshinkali is situated near a small stream two kilometers south of Shesh Narayan temple of Pharping. The deity of the shrine is called dakshinkali because the word Dakshin means south as the shrine is situated in the southern coordinal point of the valley of Kathmandu. The area around the temple is extremely beautiful and the pilgrims visiting the place are counted in thousands especially on Saturdays.
Chobhar
Situated 9 kilometers southwest of Kathmandu, this place is famous for its gore; all the water of the Valley drain through it. There is a small but picturesque, temple of Adinath on the top of a hill from where one can take in a panoramic view of snow-capped mountain peaks.
Adinath
The Buddhist temple of Adinath is located at Chovar hilltop to the south of Kirtipur. The temple has 3 stories the upper roof is made of bronze sheet and the lower two are made of ordinary tile. The tympanum struts and gates of the temple are full of excellent woodcarving. Married women pay homage here with the hope of being blessed with child.
Kirtipur
Five kilometres southwest of Kathmandu, perched on a twin hillock, 12th-century Kirtipur was to become an independent kingdom and ultimately the last stronghold of the Mallas when, in 1769-70, Prithvi Narayan Shah marched in to conquer the Valley. It withstood a prolonged siege, during which the Malla army taunted Prithvis Gorkha forces as they hurled them back down the fortress- like hill. The insults were a mistake for, when Kirtipur nally fell; the vengeful Gorkha ruler ordered his men to amputate the noses and lips of all Kirtipur men the only exception being those musicians who played wind instruments. Now only the ruined walls remain to remind Kirtipurs 8,000 residents of this epic battle. Kirtipur is a place of trade and cloistered learning. On top of the hill to the south, eight shrines decorated by stone images encircle a huge stupa, the Chilanchu Vihar. There are many Buddhist monasteries around the stupa. On the higher hill to the north, some Hindus have settled around
Jala Vinayak
The temple of Jala Vinayak is situated at Chovar, on bank of Bagmati on the way to Dakshankali. A huge boulder, which enshrines the place, is regarded as Ganesh, the elephant headed son of Shiva and Parvati. People come here to pay homage to this deity for the success in their lives. Historians believe that the design of the temple belongs to the 17th century.
54
a restored temple dedicated to Uma Maheshwar. The threestoried Bagh Bhairav temple stands at the high point of the saddle between the two hills, a place of worship for both Hindus and Buddhists. It is decorated with swords and shields taken from Newar troops after Prithvi Narayan Shahs 18thcentury victory. It contains an image of Bhairav, manifested as a tiger, and the turn above the main Miktum shows Vishnu riding Garuda, and Bhairav attended on either side by Ganesh and Kumar. From the temple there are striking views of the valley and the brightly colored patch-work of farm elds below, with the villages of Panga and Nagaon in its south-east. One can take a path through the rice elds from Kirtipur to Panga, which was established by the Mallas as a fortress town to stall invaders from the north. None of its six or so temples dates beyond the 19th century. The path continues from Panga to Nagaon, a name that means new village. Tribhuvan Universitys campus sprawls across the farmlands near this city. The traditional occupations, apart from farming, are spinning and weaving. At Kirtipurs Cottage Industry Centre, 900 hand looms spin ne cloth for sale in Kathmandu. Although it has withstood the earthquakes that have caused so much damage elsewhere in the valley, Kirtipur has been unable to withstand the ravages of time. Yet, decayed and neglected as it is, a walk beneath the exquisitely-carved windows of the towns multi-storied houses, laid out on terraces at different levels, all linked by ramps and sloping paths, reveals an ambience that seems to belong to the Middle Ages. The main approach is by a long ight of steps that enter the town, which is settled on the saddle between the two hills, beside a small lake.
Thankot
Thankot, about 10 kilometers west of Kathmandu built by the Mallas, and later made as fortress by Prithvi Narayan Shah its name, in fact, translates as military base. An impressive two-storeyed Mahalakshmi temple built in 1690, occupies a charming site at the foot of a hill, much admired for its carved tympanum and columns, erotic carvings, open shrine, and images of kneeling devotees. Four kilometres southwest stands the 2,423 meter peak of Chandragadhi, Mountain of the Moon reached by a trail through a dense forest of bamboo, pine and sal trees. Back on the Raj Path, look for a monument to King Tribhuvan, built to commemorate the restoration of the monarchy after the Rana regime. There is another monument along the road which honours the men, Indian engineers and Nepali labourers, who built it between 1953 and 1956. Before then goods were moved laboriously from India to Nepal by railway, and then from the Tarai by ropeway to Daman, and by porters to Kathmandu.
Sanga and the Araniko Highway

The road climbs out of the Valley over a pass, ve kilometres east of Bhaktapur. There is a small lane to the north, off the Araniko Highway, that takes you into Sanga, where a vantage point offers an amazing panorama of the entire Kathmandu Valley. Despite its antiquity, the historical merit is a small Bhimsen shrine to commemorate a Kathmandu legend that, when the valley was a lake, Bhimsen crossed it by boat, rowing from Thankot in the west to Sanga. From there, the Araniko Highway zigzags steeply down into the lush Banepa Valley and the village from which the valley takes its name. Standing at the foot of a forested hill, much of the village was razed by re in the early 1960s, but it remains the main centre of commerce for the surrounding hill areas. Banepas Chandeshwari shrine overlooks the valley from the top of a hill to the northeast of the town. Northwest, a rough trail leads to Nala, seat of a Buddhist meditation site, and Lokeshwar, about 100 metres west of Nala, by the old Bhaktapur road. Pilgrim shelters surround the temple, which has a water tank in front of it. A steep alley in the village centre takes you to the four-storeyed Bhagvati temple in the centre of a square.
Bagabhairava (Tiger without Tongue) The temple of Bagabhairava is located at Kirtipur, an ancient city in the south of Kathmandu. The image of Bagabhairava in the form of baga (tiger) enshrines the sanctum of the 16th 17th century, rectangular 3-storey pagoda style temple. There are conspicuously ancient stone images of different shapes and sizes in the spacious courtyard of the rst storey and is full of paintings based on different stories. Satungal, Balambu, Kisipidi
Satungal was built in the 16th century as a fortress to thwart invaders from the north. Many of its 1,000 residents work in Kathmandu. Its main square is notable for the twometre (6.5foot) stone image of a seated Buddha on a freestanding platform. Nearby, to the north of the square, steps lead through an embellished gate to a Vishnu Devi temple. Several inscriptions testify to the antiquity of the second village, Balambu, built more than 1,000 years ago at the time of the Lichhavi dynasty, but it was fortied later. Its main feature is a two-storeyed Mahalakshmi temple, set in the central square, and some smaller temples. Among the three-storied houses, which line the square, one is dedicated as the house of Ajima Devi. The third village, Kisipidi with its lush green trees and small-stonewalled gardens, is renowned for the two-storied Kalika Mai temple in its centre.
Shivapuri Wildlife Reserve

Geographical location: About 12 kilometers north of Kathmandu. Vegetation: Ranges upwards from cultivated terraces through the scrubland dense oak forests. Most of the subtropical trees are covered in lichen and moss and surrounded by ferns. Fauna: Common forests birds such as ycatchers, barbets, thrushes and eagles.
Sankhu
The Sankhu was the rst town in Nepal with facilities of roads, sub roads; sewerage and public building. Suntol, Puklachhi and Bajrayogini VDC constitute the Bazaar. Satal, Paati and Dhoka were built with religious manner. There are nine gates, presently four Gates are in existences each having its own signicance.
CENTRAL REGION
55
Bhau Dhoka (Bride Gate)

The meaning of Bhau in Newari langauge is bride. When the male people get married the bride enters from this gate so it is called Bhau Dhoka.
Sanga Dhoka (Daughters Gate)

This Sanga Dhoka lies in the Suntol. When the daughter of Sankhu gets married off they are sent off from this gate.
Dhunla Dhoka (Dwaya Gate)

All kinds of ritual processions enters Sankhu through Dhunla Dhoka. It lies in the Dhunla Tol. This gate particularly is important for Bajrayogini Jatra (festival); all the chariots are entered from this Dhoka (gate).
Mahadev Dhoka (Shiva Gate) The Mahadev Dhoka lies in the Bajrayogini, Salkha Tol. From this Dhoka the dead bodies of Sankhu residents are taken out for the funeral rituals.
Sankhu is an old historical Bazaar, more than 3000 years old, situated at 17 kilometers east of Kathmandu. Before 1960, Sankhu was a crossroad for Tibet or Lhasa for business purposes. The name of Sankhu Bazaar was different in the different period of history. According to the Vamshabali this Bazaar was ruled by Manichud Maharaj in the name of Shanketu Nagar. In the Kaligat Sambat 1801, this Sankhu Bazaar was built with uniting seven different villages. As described in the Vamshabali and folk tales king Shankh Dev ruled this Bazaar. Similarly, in the Swasthani story it was mentioned that the King Nawa Raj ruled in the name of Lawanya Desh. Another saying regarding the name of Bazaar is, as structural shape of the Shankha (Conch) its name became Shankharapur. Sankhu Bazaar was a separate kingdom before the period of Malla. During the Malla period Sankhu was under the Bhaktapur kingdom for the time being. Being a separate kingdom during that period, Layaku, (Darbar square), Talejukot and other religious places are in existence. During the Bajrayogini Jatra the sword of the king of Nepal is brought from Hanumandhoka Palace to Sankhu and this is kept on the throne. Other courtyards are Narayan Chok, Malli Chok, Dware Chok and Nasal Chok.
Newar community predominantly populates this Bazaar. Hence, the culture, language, traditions, homogeneity and are united for the religious functions. Sankhu people do not wear Haku Patasi and Jyapu dress. Brahmin, Chhetri and Tamang populate surrounding areas of Sankhu. Majority people of the Bazaar speak Newari or Nepal Bhasa, Tamang and Nepali. Sankhu Bazaar lies at 17 kilometers northeast from Kathmandu, Indrayani at west, Sindhupalchok district at north and Changunarayan, Bhaktapur, at the south. The Bazaar lies at the height of 1402 ft. from the sea level. The total area of the Bazaar is 200 square kilometers. The Bajrajogini Jatra is the great festival and Jatra of the Sankhu Bazaar area; this festival takes place on the full moon day (March/April). Chariot of the goddess Bajrayogini accompanied by two smaller chariots is taken down in the Sankhu Bazaar from the temple during this Jatra. The festival is celebrated for 8 days long, 4th day is the main Jatra. On the last day of Jatra the chariots are taken back to the temple. It is equally celebrated by both Hindus & Buddhists.
Museums of Nepal
Nepal - a land of many wonders - is often called an open air natural and cultural museum. Some of the important museums worth visiting are as listed:
The National Museum

Located at the western end of Kathmandu and a few minutes walk from the famous Swayambhu stupa, it has a large collection of weapons, art and antiquities of historic and cultural importance. It was initially built as a collection house for war trophies and weapons. The museum has extraordinary collections of weapons, locally made rearms captured from the various wars, leather cannons and relics of natural calamities like the Great Earthquake. Other artefacts include ancient statues, paintings, and murals.
The Natural History Museum

Located on the southern slope of Swayambhu hill, the museum has a collection of different species of animals, butteries and plants. The special feature of this museum is a serial display of diverse life species from prehistoric shells to stuffed animals, birds, crocodiles and other exhibits. Amid the stuffed cats, goats and guinea pigs are some exotic creatures of Nepal, the Danphe pheasant, the gharial crocodile, the Himalayan black bear and the barking deer.
Ethnographic Museum
Located at the Nepal Tourism Board Building at Bhrikutimandap, the museam has a collection of dress materials, ornaments, and household goods used by some of the ethnic people in the country. It has a display of life size statues representing various ethnic people performing their daily activities.
56
Nuwakot
Bidur is the district headquarters of Nuwakot district at a distance of 75 kilometers from Kathmandu. It has historically important places such as the Nuwakot Palace located in the village of Nuwakot, and Devighat. It is one of the richest districts in culture, history and nature. Nuwakot among nine Kots (Belkot, Dhuwakot, Dhaibungkot, Pyaskot, Bhairamkot, Malakot, Simalkot, Sallyanko and Kalikakot) lying from North West of Kathmandu. The name of the district is derived from the common name of all nine (Navakot). Two holy rivers Trishuli and Tadi make the district cultivating. Culturally and historically rich district Nuwakot was formerly the capital of Nepal for Twenty ve years (1801-1825 B.S.). Rangamahal, Garad Ghar, Topkhana, Barudkhana are famous places to visit. Trishuli and Devighat hydropower stations can be observed in the place.
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary Nuwakot Bidur 1121q. km. East: Sindhupalchok West: Dhading North: Rasuwa South: Dhading and Kathmandu Falankhu, Linkhu Sumari, Sanlankhu, Siridhure, Tadi Major rivers and Trishuli. Topography Location longitude: 84 58- 85 30 latitude: 27 45- 28 06 Climate Sub-tropical, Mild, Temperate. Maximum: 34.5 0 C. Minimum: 7.5 0 C. Temperature Rainfall 1431.0 ml. Predominant language, culture Nepali, Tamang, Newari, Sherpa, Gurung, Maithili, Magar, Abadhi, Limbu, Rai. Communication Post Ofce, Telephone, Wireless Tourist attraction centers Trisuli Bazzar, Battar, Betrawati, Bidur, Devighat, Dupcheswar, Kakani, Nuwakot and Bhalche. Lakes and Ponds Suryakunda. Chhaharekhda, Ripko, Phungphung. Waterfall Accommodation facilities Hotel, Lodge Accessibility Road connection Medical facilities Hospital, Health post, Ayurvedic Center Clinic Center
CENTRAL REGION
57
Rasuwa
Dhunche is the district headquarters of Rasuwa district at a distance of 115 kilometers from Kathmandu. Rasuwa is one of the nearest trekking destinations from Kathmandu and has an unparalleled combination of natural beauty and cultural riches. Previously, a restricted area near the Tibetan border, the unexplored regions of the Langtang National Park has recently been developed into the Tamang Heritage Trail. The people in these places are mostly of Tamang and Tibetan origin, whose culture goes back to hundreds of years. The craftsmanship, dress, traditionally built stone houses and the beautifully carved wooden porches reect the solitude and the serenity of the Himalayan scenery. Langtang has over 70 glaciers; the Langtang and Ganesh Himal mountain ranges and high altitude lakes including Gosaikunda, Parvatikunda, Bhairavkunda, Dudhkunda etc., this region also comprises rich Tamang art and culture at Gutlang and Goljung, ancient Buddhist monasteries such as Kyangin and Singgompa, Tatopani and the historic fort of Rasuwagadhi in the Sino-Nepal border. Goljung-Gutlang-Chilime-Thuman-Briddim area, a recently identied Tamang and Tibetan art and cultural heritage trek route is one of the most accessible of the trekking regions in Nepal. Briddim is a small yet beautiful village where villagers offer a unique accommodation opportunity. One can stay in their beautiful homes as their guests and discover the culture of this area. At Tatopani, which literally means hot water, one can cleanse spiritually in natural hot springs with bathing areas in the lap of the mountains. Locals believe that the water has a healing quality that eases away your aches and pains. Gosaikunda is famous for its scenic beauty and religious value. Gosaikunda, the holy cave is situated at an altitude of 4,360m above the sea level. There are a 58
Rasuwa Dhunche 1544 sq. km. East: Sindhupalchok and Tibet Autonomous Region of China West: Dhading North: Tibet Autonomous Region of China South: Nuwakot Bhote Koshi, Chilime, Langtang, Melong, Trishuli, Ghothe Major rivers and Kimtong Topography Location longitude: 8509- 85 45 latitude: 2756- 28 22 Climate Sub-tropical, Temperate, Alpine. Temperature Maximum: 26.0 0 C. Minimum: 0 0 C. 994.3 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Tamang, Nepali, Sherpa, Gurung, Newari, Maithili. Post Ofce, Wireless Communication Tourist attraction centers Dhunche, Gosaikunda, Langtang Vally and Rasuwagadhi Ganesh Himal,Gosainkunda, Langtang Himal. Himalayan Peaks Lakes and Ponds Bhairab Kunda, Dudh Kunda, Ganesh Kunda, Gosain Kunda, Jageswar Kunda, Kalo-seto Kunda, Saraswati Kunda, Surya Kunda. Accommodation facilities Hotel Lodge Road connection, Airways Accessibility Medical facilities Health post
number of other beautiful lakes near by; they are Saraswoti Kunda, Bhairav Kunda, Ganesh Kunda, etc. The approach to Gosaikunda is through Dunche which is 132 kilometers northwest of Kathmandu. This trek starts from Dhunche, and on to Sing Gompa, Gosainkunda and the Helambu Sherpa villages. Melamche, Tarkegyang and Shermathang are the most beautiful villages on the trek. There are magnicent views of Ganesh Himal, Langtang and other Himalayan peaks. Gosainkunda itself is a holy lake, where people from many lands, including the shamans, make a pilgrimage during the full moon of August.
LANGTANG NATIONAL PARK Langtang is one of the unspoiled national parks of Nepal. Situated north of Kathmandu, it is the most easily accessible highland sanctuary from the capital. Langtang covers 1,710 sq km of land forming the upper catchment area of two of Nepals largest river systems the Trishuli and Koshi. There is a great altitudinal variation, starting at 1,500m and ascending to the top of Mt. Langtang Lirung at 7,246m. As a result, the park has immense ecological diversity. Some of the most attractive area of the park includes the Langtang Valley, the holy lakes at Gosainkunda and the forested hillsides above the village of Helambu. The deep gorges of Bhote Koshi and Langtang Khola are thickly forested with rhododendron, oak, maple and alder. The red panda, a rare and threatened symbol of the healthy Himalayan ecosystem, inhabits the stretch of forest around Ghore Tabla in the lower Langtang Valley and below Gosainkunda. Other animals common to these forests are wild boar, Himalayan black bear, ghoral, grey langur monkey and leopard. The rare Himalayan honey guide has been sighted here and the park is also the home for impeyan, blood, Tragopan and Kalij pheasants among others. Larch, a rare deciduous conifer, is also found in the forest of lower Langtang Valley.
The park is easily approached from Dhunche town and park ofce, which is a days drive from Kathmandu. It is the four-day trek to reach upper side of Langtang. However, it is advisable to spend a few days around the forest at Ghore Tabela to watch the red panda. This area was the venue for the only known scientic eld study of this rare animal. Once above Langtang village and the monastery at Kyangjin, visitors can explore the high valley of Langshisa Yala peak and Tsergo Ri. People of Tibetan descent inhabit these and other villages of upper Langtang whereas the villagers of Dhunche, Bharkhu Syarbu further down are home of Tamangs of Nepal. Access The high pass out of Langtang, Gang La (5,132m), can be negotiated only by well prepared hikers with guides, food and camping equipment. The Gosainkunda can also be reached in a few days from Dhunche, making it possible to visit both areas in the same range. Alternatively, trekkers can hike to Gosainkunda from Sundarijal in Kathmandu Valley via Helambu. The richly forested route that climbs steeply from here to Thare Pati and Gopte Cave is alive with birds and owering rhododendron and the orchids in the spring. Tourists can visit the Langtang National Park anytime from March to November but it is best to avoid the monsoon season because of rains and overowing rivers. The nature enthusiast might nd the rainy season ideal because of the profusion of plant life.
CENTRAL REGION
59
Dhading
Dhading Besi is the district headquarters of Dhading district at a distance of 85 kilometers from Kathmandu. Two major highways (Tribhuwan and Prithvi) are connected in Naubise of Dhading. King Ram Shah had established an Army Teacher Camp in Dhading Gadhi. Chepangs are the indigenous people of the district. In Chepang language Dha is God and Ding is re ame. Dhading is surrounded by Trishuli and Budhigandaki (Gandak River System) rivers. Center part of the district is 1,440 meters above sea level. Dhading is one of the eight districts of Bagmati Zone lying to the border of Tibet.
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary Dhading Dhading Besi 2959 sq.km. East: Kathmandu, Nuwakot and Rasuwa West: Tanahun and Lamjung North: Gorkha South: Chitawan and Makawanpur Trishuli Major rivers Topography Location longitude: 8439- 85 15 latitude: 2739- 28 16 Sub-tropical, Temperate, Alpine Climate Maximum: 33.5 0 C. Minimum: 5.5 0 C. Temperature 2121.2 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Nepali, Tamang, Gurung, Newari, Magar, Sherpa, Maithili, Abadhi, Bhojpuri, Tharu, Rai, Satar. Communication Post ofce, Telephone Wireless Tourist attraction centers Dhading Besi, Abuthume Lake, Benighat, Gajuri Bazzar, Katunje Bazzar and Sunauli Bazzar. Himalayan Peaks Ganesh, Thaple, Shreengi Waterfall Ganga Jamuna Accommodation facilities Hotel Lodge Accessibility Road connection Accessibility Medical facilities Hospital, Health post, Ayurvedic Center clinic.
60
Makawanpur
Hetauda is the district headquarters of Makawanpur district at a distance of 125 kilometers from Kathmandu via Tribhuwan highway and 220 kilometers via Prithvi highway. Makanpur was a single historical state earlier and was a bypass to Tarai to Kathmandu valley. Rapti, Karra, Kulekhani, Bakaiya, Palung, Tistung are major rivers which help for high cultivation. Valley of Karrakhola is called Makawanpur area and Valley of Tistung and Palung is called Palung Valley. Tistung, Palung, Bhainse, Hetauda, Chitlang, Markhu, Kulekhani and Bhimphedi are major settlements. Situated 180 kilometers southwest of Kathmandu at an altitude of 2,400 meters above the sea level, Daman commands a breathtaking view of most of the major Himalayan ranges of Nepal. A tower equipped with long range telescopes is built there To make the process easier.
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary Makawanpur Hetauda 2426 sq.km. East: Sindhili West: Chitawan North: Dhading, Kathmandu and Lalitpur South: Rautahat, Bara and Parsa Bagmati, Kulekhani, Rapti, Sanawari and Bhainse. Major rivers Topography Location longitude: 8440 8531 latitude: 2706 2742 Sub-tropical, temperate, cool temperate Climate Maximum: 39.0 0 C. Minimum: 3.5 0 C. Temperature 2288.9 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Tamang, Nepali, Newari, Rai, Magar, Gurung, Danuwar, Sherpa, Maithili, Tharu, Bhojpuri, Abadhi, Limbu, Rajbanshi Communication Post Ofce, Telephone, Cell Phones. Bhimphedi, Hetauda, Tistung, Palung, Dawan and Makawanpur Tourist attraction centers Accommodation facilities Hotel, Lodge, Guesthouse. Accessibility Road connection. Medical facilities Hospital, Health Centers, Ayurvedic Centers
CENTRAL REGION
61
Rautahat
Gaur is the district headquarters of Rautahat district at a distance of 330 kilometers from Kathmandu. Rautahat is one of the biggest districts in Narayani Zone and fourth biggest in Nepal. The district has highest number of VDCs. Rautahat is derived from the Raut tribes of Nepal. Raut are mainly cow farmers (Gwala) found in the district. Rautahat is called grain store of the country. Sugarcane harvest is also cash corp in the district. Bagmati and Bakaiya rivers ooding are main constraints for the development in the area. In ancient period, the area was under the Lichhavi regime (Tirahunt). Later on in 1097 A.D. Namyadev of Karnatak dynasty in Simroungarh, conquered the area. Sumanpur, where Nepali soldiers conquered the army of East India Company in 1814 AD.
Rautahat Gaur 1126 sq. km. East: Sarlahi West: Bara North: Makawanpur South: Bihar of India Bagmati, Choni Khola, Jhani, Lal Bakaiya Manusmara. Major rivers Topography Location Longitude: 8520-85 30 Latitude: 26 40-27 19 Climate Tropical Sub-tropical Temperature Maximum: 41.0 0C. Minimum: 5.0 0 C. Rainfall 1605.9 ml. Predominant language, culture Bhojpuri, Nepali, Maithili, Tamang, Tharu, Sherpa, Rai, Newari, Gurung, Magar, Limnu, Rajbanshi, Abadhi. Communication Post ofce, Telephone, Cell Phone Tourist attraction centers Chandranigahapur, Gaur, Katahariya and Samanpur. Lakes and Ponds Hotel, Lodge Accommodation facilities Road connection Accessibility Hospital, Health Post, Ayurvedic Center, Clinics. Medical facilities Hospital, Heath Post, Clinics, Ayurvedic Center.
62
Bara
Kalaiya is district headquarters of Bara district at a distance of 280 kilometers from Kathmandu. Bara district since Mithila kingdom of prehistoric days is economically, socially, historically and naturally, one of the richest in culture. Its said that the district is preserved by Baragadhi since Mithila Republic to date so that the name is called Bara. Kankalini temple of Simrongarh, Jhorahar Pond of Karchorba, Goddes of Bariyapur, Baragadhi, Sahajnath of Kantghant, Churiyamai of Chure are major touristic places to visit.
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary Bara Kalaiya 1190 sq. km. East: Rautahat West: Parsa North: Makawanpur and Lalitpur South: Bihar of India Major rivers Anruwa, Bageri, Lal Bakaiya, Shati, Mohan and Sirsiya. Topography Location longitude: 8475-8513 latitude: 26 59- 27 26 Climate Tropical, Sub-tropical Temperature Maximum: 339.8 0 C. Minimum: 3.0 0C. Rainfall 1760.6 ml. Predominant language, culture Thari, Abadhi, Nepali, Bhojpuri, Magar, Newari, Gurung, Maithili, Tamang, Danuwar, Rai, Sherpa, satar, Santhali, Limbu. Communication Post ofce, Telephone, Cell Phone. Tourist attraction centers Amalekhganj, Bariyadpur, Kalaiya, Raniwas, Simara and Simraungadh. Hotel, Lodge Accommodation facilities Accessibility Road connection, Airways Medical facilities Hospital, Health Post, Ayurvedic Center, Clinic Centers
CENTRAL REGION
63
Parsa
Birgunj is the district headquarters of Parsa district at a distance of 275 kilometers from Kathmandu. Eighty kilometres west of Janakpur, the East-West Highway links up with the Tribhuvan Rajpath, for many years the countrys main trans-Asia link. To the south is the border town of Birganj; to the north, through Amiekhganj and across the Mahabharat Lekh hills, is Kathmandu Valley. In the 1960s and 1970s, western hippies and mystics queued for clearance into Nepal on the Indian side at Raxaul, and spent the night in one of Birganjs many cheap lodging houses before taking the high road to Kathmandu. It is still a bustling industrial area with timber yards, a sugar mill, match factory and a bus depot, where itinerants gather to catch the next coach to Kathmandu. It is also a jumpoff point for visitors to Chitwan National Park and Parsa Wildlife Reserve. Parsa Wildlife Reserve (1,200 sq. km.) is bounded by the Rapti River in the north, the Rewa River and the Churia or Siwalik Range in the south and the Narayani River in the west. Vegetation includes small forests of Khani, sisso and simalall valuable indigenous woods. Elephants are the best form of transport, Samta deer, tiger, leopard are regularly seen. Giant butteries y from leaf to leaf. The great Asiatic one-horn rhinos, chital and deer are sighted on the plains, as well as peacocks, jungle fowl and crocodiles in the Rapti River.
Parsa Birganj 1353 sq.km. East: Bara West: Chitawan and Bihar of India North: Makawanpur South: Bihar of India Banjari Major rivers Topography Location longitude: 8422- 8513 latitude: 26 60- 2713 Climate Tropical, Sub-tropical. Temperature Maximum: 40.0 0 C. Minimum: 4.0 0 C. Rainfall 1760.6 ml. Predominant language, culture Bhojpuri, Nepali, Newari, Maithali, Tamang, Tharu, Gurung, Abadhi, Magar, Rai, Rajbanshi, Limbu, Sherpa. Communication Post Ofce, Telephone, Cell Phone Tourist attraction centers Bindhyabasini, Parsa Wildlife Reserve. Lakes and Ponds Banjari Tal Accommodation facilities Hotel, Lodge, Guesthouse. Accessibility Road connection, Railways. Medical facilities Hospital, Heath Post, Clinics, Ayurvedic Center.
64
Chitwan
Bharatpur is the district headquarters of Chitwan district at a distance of 150 kilometers from Kathmandu. Chitwan is one of the few remaining undisturbed vestiges of the Tarai region, which formerly extended over the foothills of Nepal. The Chitwan National Park has been enlisted in Natural World Heritage Site. It is rich in ora and fauna. One of the last populations of single-horned Asiatic rhinoceros inhabit in the park, which is also one of the last refueges for the Bengal tigers. The highlight for most visitors to the Tarai is a visit to Chitwan National Park and Parsa Wildlife Reserve, recreated out of the once-fertile rice and wheat elds that swiftly covered the Rapti Valley after the fall from power of the Rana dynasty in the 1950s. Park, covering 932 square kilometres, was the rst of Nepals extensive network of wildlife sanctuaries. The valley is bed of the Narayani River. Rapti River and other streams and feeders join Narayani to become the second-largest tributary of the sacred Ganges that ows approximately 200 kilometers to the south. Before the parks creation in 1973, Nepals population explosion had pushed migrants down from the hills, forcing the indigenous Tharu tribes into this area, which was formerly reserved as royal hunting grounds. Using slash and burn techniques, they opened up the forests and planted rice and grain. Concerned with the destruction of its traditional hunting grounds, Nepals former royal family planned new strategies for the protection of its wildlife. The twin towns of Bharatpur and Narayanghat are the nearest urban centres to Chitwan. Bharatpurs role in the lowland infrastructure is as an aireld for what the domestic air carrier rashly promises are the daily ights to Kathmandu. Narayanghat, lying on the banks Narayani, and known as the gateway to Chitwan, is in fact the major junction on the Eawt-West
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary Chitawan Bharatpur 2218 sq. km. East: Makawanpur and Parsa West: Nawalprasi North: Dhading, Gorkha and Tanahun South: Parsa and Bihar of India Major rivers Loathar, Manahari, Narayani, Rapti and Khageri Topography Location longitude: 84 03- 8439 latitude: 2720-2749 Climate Tropical, Sub-tropical Temperature Maximum: 41.5 0 C. Minimum: 3.5 0 C. Rainfall 1512.3 ml. Predominant language, culture Nepali, Tharu, Tamang, Gurung, Newari, Magar, Rai, Sunwar, Bhojpuri, Limbu, Maithili, Rajbanshi. Communication Post Ofce, Telephone, Wireless. Tourist attraction centers Bharatpur, Dewghat, Meghauli, Narayanghat, Rampur, Sauraha. Lakes and Ponds Bhimle Tal, Devi Tal, Khageri Tal, Munda Tal, Mujura Tal, Nanda BhaujuTal, Tamar Tal, Tami Tal. Accommodation facilities Hotel, Lodge, and Guesthouse. Accessibility Road connection, Airways. Medical facilities Hospital, Health post, Ayurvedic Center, Clinic Center, Medical Collage.
Highway, with a spur climbing up through the hills along the east bank of the Narayani to Mugling, the main junction town between Kathmandu and Pokhara on the Prithvi Highway. It is also a vital administrative and commercial centre of the Tarai and indeed the ethnic capital of the indigenous people of this region, the Tharus. Bustling Narayanghat with sizeable industries and ourishing markets is also something of a pilgrimage spot. Each year, during Maghe Sankranti (middle of January), tens of thousands ock to the nearby village of Devghat where devotees immerse themselves at the conuence of the Kali Gandaki with the waters of the Trisuli-Marsyangdi. 65
CENTRAL REGION
66
WESTERN REGION
WESTERN REGION
67
68
Gorkha
Gorkha bazar is the district headquarters of Gorkha district at a distance of 143 kilometers from Kathmandu and 115 kilometers Pokhara. A 25 kilometer connecting road off the main highway of Pokhara and Kathmandu brings you to Gorkha. Nepal was divided into small states 240 years ago, and Gorkha was one of them. King Prithivi Narayan Shah, the founder of `Shah Dynasty, unied Nepal into one kingdom. His Gorkha palace resides on top of a hill at an altitude of 1000 meters. Gorkha is also the home of Gurkhas - the legendary brave warriors who fought with knives against guns. Lodging in Gorkha is simple. Most of them are clustered around the bus stop and are basic. Since Gorkha is off the beaten path for most tourists, rates are relatively cheap. Some hotels in town area provides Western food but dalbhaat is readily available in all the hotels. King Prithvi Narayan Shahs old palace still stands on a mountain ridge overlooking this ancient capital, from which the Gorkha soldiers derive their name. From the bus stop, the road passes by the towns Tundikhel and an army camp. A group of temples stands by the pond-like Rani Pokhari and a stone statue of Prithvi Shah honours Prithvi Narayan Shahs ancestor. He travelled to Kathmandu and returned with Newar craftsmen, who were responsible for most of Gorkhas ancient buildings, which are conspicuously Newari in style. Tallo Darbar, a structure built in the 18th century, stands close to the town centre. It is believed to be the original site of the Gorkha palace, before the Shahs came to rule there. The palace on the ridge above the town is Upallo Darbar, the home of the Shah Kings. Its unmistakable prominence was both strategic and a sign of dominance. To reach Upallo Darbar, climb a long ight of some 1700 stone stairs leading off the main road. The climb takes about
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary Gorkha Gorkha Bazaar 3610 sq. km East: Dhading and Tibet Autonomous Region of China West: Tanahun, Lamjung and Manang North: Tibet Autonomous Region of China South: Chitawan, Tanahun and Dhading. Major rivers Budhi Gandaki, Chepe, Daraundi, Marsyangdiand Trishuli. Topography Location Longitude: 84 27 85 09 Latitude: 2750- 28 46 Climate Tropical, Sub-tropical , Alpine. Temperature Maximum: 33.0 0 C.; Minimum 5.0 0 C. Rainfall 1491.5 ml. Predominant language, culture Nepali, Gurung, Magar, Tamang, Sherpa, Newari, Maithili, Limbu, Rajbanshi, Satar Communication Post Ofce, Telephone, Wireless Gorkha Darbar, Pokharithok, Bhimsen Thapako Tourist attraction centers Ghaderi,Gorakhkali. Gorakhnath, Manakamana,Mahademandir, Bishnumandir, Ganeshmandir, Hanumandhoka,Bhimsensthan, Himalayan Peaks Nala Gumba, Karjuchhiling Gumba, Rinji Gumba, Manaslu Gumba, Seti Gupha, Sidha Gupha, Bakreswar Gupha Baudha, Himalchuli.Manaslu, Sringi. Himalayan Peaks Kaluchhuma Tal, Naradkunda, Sano Dudh Pokhari, Lakes and Ponds Thulo Dudh Pokhari, Tatopani, Bhulbhulekhar Hotel, Lodge, Guesthouse Accommodation facilities Road connection Accessibility Hospital Health Post, Ayurvedic Center, Clinics Medical facilities
30-40 minutes but it is well worth the effort. Directly ahead, magnicent mountains stand out in the centre of an eastwest span Dhaulagiri, Annapurna, Manaslu and Ganesh Himal, while behind in the south are the Mahabharat Hills. Ram Shah built the rst palace in the 1600s. It has since been renovated and much has been added to its sprawling intersections.
WESTERN REGION
69
Manakamana Temple The temple of Manokamana, a very popular pilgrimage in Nepal, is a temple of one of the manifestations of the Hindu goddess Bhagwati. Bhagwati is believed to have the power to fulll wishes. It lies 125 km to the west of Kathmandu. It is a steep three-hour hike from Abu Khaireni on foot. Cable cars also take travellers to Manokamana within 10 minutes.
70
Lamjung
Besisahar is the district headquaters of Lamjung at a distance of 175 kilometers west of Kathmandu. Lamjung, said to have been derived from Lama-dzong or the castle of great Lama, holds a special fascination for all. Geographically, it is the name of an administrative district lying between Gorkha and Kaski. The Northern frontier of the district is dominated by high mountains like Annapurna II, Lamjung Himal, Manaslu and Himchuli. Through this amphitheatre of refulgent peaks, meanders south the Marsyangdi River that is joined by numerous tributary streams like Madi, Khudi, Ngadi, Dordi and Chepe. The landscape is one of steep slopes and deep valleys anked by long ridges. In the cultural context, the higher northern part of the district is inhabited by tribal Gurungs and in the southern lower hills and valleys, the Brahmins and Chhertis predominate. Ghalegaun and Ghanapokhara Ghalegaun is an exotic pristine village with an unparallel scenic grandeur and a home to world famous Gurkha soldiers-the Gurungs. Ghanapokhara is another beautiful village nearby heading towards development with a notion of eco-tourism. It lies at north of the district in the close proximity of Ghalegaun at the top of Dashthar Danda. Both are mainly Gurung settlements nestled amidst mountains, rivers, streams, waterfalls and green forests. These places command a superb breathtaking view of majestic western Himalayas including Machhapuchhare, Annapurna range, Lamjung Himal, Bouddha Himal, Himalchuli and many more smaller peaks. The approach to Ghalegaun - Ghanpokhara is a wonderful experience in itself as it goes crossing over the Marsyandi, Khudi and Midim rivers; passing through rhododendrons blossoming along the way amidst the chirping of birds and wild insects. Nearby Talyngo Lake and Lami Lake add new dimension to these attractions. A visit to
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary Lamjung Besisahar 1692 sq. km. East: Gorkha West: Kaski North: Manang and Gorkha South: Tanahun and Gorkha. Major rivers Marsyangdi, Madi, Khudi, chepe, Daraudi, Paundi, Chhar, Midim and Risti. Longitude: 8412- 8440 Topography Location Latitude: 28 03- 28 33 Sub-tropical Temperate, Cool temperate, Alpine, Tundra. Climate Temperature Maximum: 34.4 0 C. Minimum: 4.2 0 C. 1232.6 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Nepali, Gurung Communication Post Ofce, Telephone.Wireless Tourist attraction centers Besisaha r, Kuncha, Bazzar, Tarkughat, Gaunsahar. Manasalu, Annapurna II, Manasalu South, Himalchuli, Himalayan Peaks Lamjungchuli, Baudha Himal. Lakes and Ponds Baraha Pokhari, Dudha Pokhari. Accommodation facilities Hotel, Lodge Road connection Accessibility Medical facilities Hospital, Health Post, Health Center, Ayurvedic, Center, Clinics
the Utter Kanya temple, Pempro fall, Batase cave and the Khudi hydroelectric dam site is rewarding. Both are model villages for experiencing the typical culture and lifestyle of the Gurung people. Traditional customs are still followed during births, deaths, marriages and at other important times in a person`s life. Age-old cultural dances like the Jhyaure, Serka, Dohori, Ghantu, Ghyabring, Krishna Charitra and Jhakri are performed on various occasions accompanied by different musical instruments with the dancers in traditional dress. 71
WESTERN REGION
Tanahun
Damauli is the district headquaters of Tanaun district at a distance of 146 kilometers from Kathmandu. Midway on the daylong drives between Kathmandu and Pokhara lays the Hiltop settlement of Bandipur, a Newar town with its age-old avor still intact. You climb through pristine forest on the historical trail at Dumre Bazare to a town that had hardly changed. Well preserved Bandipur today invites travelers to experience its unique offering rich hill culture, mountain views, and hiking. Bandipur tantalizingand as yet undiscovered. Bandipur town stretches east to west on its mountain saddle reecting the architecture of the Kathmandu Valley in its pagoda roofs, latticework windows and stone paved streets. The dwellings are in the form of compact town houses, built of brick often with ornate windows and doorways. The roofs are of Tin or Slate that is mined nearby. A distinctive aspect of the bazaar is a covered veranda that extends through its entire length, from shop front to shop. Unlike trading posts in the Nepal hills, Bandipur has retained its age-old cultural attributes, temple shrine, sacredcaves, innumerable festivals, and Newari architecture that resemble the old Kathmandu Valley. The place names around Bandipur indicate that the Magar, whose chieftains ruled numerous principalities of todays central Nepal, originally inhabited the surrounding region, known as Tanahun. When Prithivi Narayan Shah of Gorkha set out to expand his dominion, Tanahun was a powerful adversary that was overcome only after a severe battle. Majority of the current residents are originally traders from Kathmandu Valley who made their way to Bandipur and settled there. When the Kathmandu Pokhara highway opened connecting Bandipur, trading 72
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary Tanahun Damauli 1546 sq.km. East: Gorkha and Chitawan. West: Syangja North: Lamjung and Kaski South: Palpa, Chitawan and Nawalparasi Major rivers Marsyangdi, Kali, Seti, Madi, Chundi, Kalestee, Risti, Naundi and Faundi. Longitude: 83 55- 84 30 Topography Location Latitude: 27 46- 28 09 sub-tropical, Mild temperate, Cool temperate. Climate Temperature Maximum: 35.6 0 C. Minimum: 4.0 0C. Rainfall 2057.8 ml. Predominant language, culture Nepali, Magar, Gurung, Newari, Tamang, Sherpa, Maithili, Bhojpuri, Limbu, Rai, Tharu, Danuwar. Communication Post Ofce, Telephone, Wireless Tourist attraction centers Damauli, Bandipur, Chundi-Ramgha, tanahu- Soor, Chabdi-Barahi, Dhor-Barahi, Jyamruk- Bhanjhyang, Dewaghat and Rising. Accommodation facilities Hotel, Lodge Accessibility Road connection, Hospital, Health Post, Ayurvedic Center, Clinics Medical facilities
families immediately forsook their ancestral town to seek economic opportunities elsewhere. Through trade, Bandipur Newar prospered some becoming Nepals foremost businessmen, professional and bureaucrats. While the Newar are predominant in Bandipur, Magar and Gurung ethnic groups inhabit the hillside growing rice, millet, corn and mustard on terrace elds. Women when not working in the elds can be found weaving cloth and basket. The Magar and Gurung men have traditionally joined Gurkhas regiments in the India and British armies. Brahmin, Chhetri, Kami, Sarki, Damai also made Bandipur their home since the Magar rst settled here. The cave on Bandipurs hillsides has great religious signicance for the local people. A two-hour hike through the forest leads Paatalidwar or the Getway to the Netherworld, with a Shiva shrine at its deepest place. This cave is also known as Swargadwari, or Gateway to Heaven. Another
cave, discovered only a few years ago, is known as the Siddha Cave and is said to be the largest discovered cave in the country and probably the biggest in Asia. The Gadi is a fort on a hilltop northeast of Bandipur believed to have been established by Mukunda Sen; the forts trenches are still visible. The view of the Himalayan range from this high point is fully worth the hours hike to get there. Eastward bend of the Marsyangdi River is seen below and one can follow the rivers course northward as it disappears in to the Manang region between the Annapurna and Manaslu massifs. Tibet lies beyond the place. Mukhundeswari is considered an important tribal power place located on top of a high summit, It is a 2-hour walk from Bandipur. It is a specially revers the shrine decorated with many bells and tridents.
WESTERN REGION
73
Syangja
Putalibazar is the district headquaters of Syangja ditrict at a distance of 265 kilometers from Kathmandu via Pokhara. Siddhartha Highway named after Gautam Buddha crosses this district east to west. Many different ethnicities of people live in this district. The major groups consist of Brahmin, Chetri, Gurung, Magar and others. The people are famous for their unique identity. Brahmin and Chetri are renowned by their representation in the governmental jobs and Indian army respectively. Gurungs and Magars are famous because of their involvement in Gurkha Regiment in British Army and Military of India. Waling is a municipality in western Syangja. It is a longitudinal valley along the beautiful Adhikhola River.
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary Syangja Putalibazar 1164 sq. km. East: Tanahun West: Parbat and Gulmi North: Kaski South: Palpa Major rivers Kali Gandaki, Andhi Khola, Bhat Khola, Suraudi Khola, Fusre Khola, Jyagdi Khola, Doshain Khola and Darau Khola. Topography Location Longitude: 8331- 84 6 Latitude: 27 52- 28 13 Sub-tropical, Temperate. Climate Temperature Maximum: 38.0 0 C. Minimum: 7.0 0 C. 1462.2 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Nepali Magar, Gurung, Newari, Maithili, Sherpa, Tamang, Rai, Limbu, Tharu, Rajbanshi, Abadhi. Post Ofce, Telephone Communication Tourist attraction centers Syangja Bazzar, Putalikhet, Nuwakot, Waling Bazaar, Chapakot, Ramdi and Sirubari. Accommodation facilities Local Lodge, Hotel. Accessibility Road connection Health Post, Health Center, Clinics Medical facilities
Sirubari
The village of Sirubari lies in Panchamul VDC in the Western hills of Syangja. It is a totally unspoiled Gurung settlementand a unique example of eco-cultural tourism. The management committee takes responsibility for visitors, their welcome, accommodation, sightseeing and guiding. The village consists of 60 households of which many are offering guest acconmmodation.
74
Kaski
Pokhara is the district headquaters of Kaski district at a distance of 200 kilometers from Kathmandu. Kaski is a remarkable place of natural beauty. Situated at an altitude of 827 meters from the sea level, the city is known as a center of adventure. This enchanting city has several beautiful lakes and offers stunning panaromic views of Himalayan peaks. The serenity of lakes and the magnicence of the Himalayas rising behind them create an ambience of peace and magic. So today the city has not only become the starting point for most popular trekking and rafting destinations but also a place to relax and enjoy the beauty of nature. Pokhara is part of a once vibrant trade route extending between India and Tibet. To this day, mule trains can be seen camped on the outskirts of the town, bringing goods to trade from remote regions of the Himalaya. This is the land of Gurungs and Magars, hardworking farmers and valorous warriors who have earned worldwide fame as Gurkha soldiers. The Thakalis, another important ethnic group here, are known for their entrepreneurship. Similarly Newars with their traditions add avour to the society.
Kaski Pokhara 2017 sq. km. East: Lamjung West: Parbat and Myagdi North: Manang South: Parbat, Tanahun and Syangja. Madi, Seti, Modi. Major rivers Topography Location Longitude: 83 46-84 16 Latitude: 28 7- 28 34 Sub-tropical, Temperate, Alpine, Tundra. Climate 34.3 0C. Minimum: 3.5 0 C. Temperature 3880.3 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Nepali, Gurung, Newari, Magar, Tamang, Sherpa, Limbu, Bhojpuri, Maithili, Rai, Danuwar, Santhali Communication Post Ofce, Telephone, Wireles, Cell Phones. Fewa Tal, Pokhara Bazaar Batulechaur Hyangja, Lumle, Tourist attraction centers Mahedra Gufa, Bidhyabasini Himalayan Peaks Machhapuchhre, Annapurna I, Annapurna II, Annapurna IV Fewa Tal, Rupa Tal, Begnas Tal, Dipang Tal, Maidee Tal, Lakes and Ponds Khalte Tal. Waterfall Devis Fall Accommodation facilities Hotel, Lodge, Guesthouse. Accessibility Road connection, Airways Medical facilities Hopistal, Health Post, Medical Collage, Ayurvedic Center, Clinics
Climate
The climate of Pokhara is slightly warmer than Kathmandu with daytime temperature hovering around 15 degrees Celsius in winter and 35 degrees in summer. The monsoon season which lasts from mid- June to mid-September is very wet; in fact Pokhara records the highest rainfall in the country. Best time to visit is between October and April. The activities of foreign visitors to Pokhara focus around Damside and Lakeside (or Pardi and Baidam, in Nepali, respectively). These two areas, with their strips of hotels and restaurants, are a few kilometers south-west of the main Pokhara bazaar.
WESTERN REGION
75
Barahi temple
This is one of the religious monument in Pokhara also known as Tal Barahi. Built almost in the middle of Phewa Lake, the two storied pagoda is dedicated to the boar manifestation of Ajima, the protectress deity representing the female force Shakti. Devotees can be seen, especially on Saturdays, carrying male animals and fowl across the lake to be sacriced to the deity.
World Peace Pagoda

The pagoda is a massive Buddhist stupa and is situated on top of a hill on the southern shore of Phewa Lake. Besides being an impressive sight in itself, the shrine is a great vantage point which offers spectacular views of the Annapurna range and Pokhara city. You can get there by crossing the lake by boat and then hiking up the hill.
Seti Gandaki River Gorge

Flowing right through the city, the boisterous river runs completely underground at places. Amazingly, at certain points the river appears hardly two meters wide. But its depth is quite beyond imagination - over 20 meters! Mahendra Pul, a small bridge near the old Mission Hospital, provides a perfect view of the rivers dreadful rush and the deep gorge made by its powerful ow.
Devis Fall
Locally known as Patale Chhango, Devis fall is an awesome waterfall lying about 2 kilometers south-west of Pokhara airport on the highway to Tansen. An interesting modern legend says that a foreigner named David was skinnydipping in the Pardi Khola (river) when the oodgates of the dam were opened, sweeping him into an underground passage beneath the fall, never to be seen again.
Gupteswar Gupha (cave)

Gupteswar Gupha, a sacred cave, lies 2 kilometers from Pokhara airport on the Siddhartha Highway leading southwest from the city. The entrance is right across from Devis fall and the cave is almost 3 kilometers long. It has some big hall-size rooms and some passages where you have to crawl on all fours. This cave holds special value for Hindus since a phallic symbol of Lord Shiva is preserved here in the condition it was discovered. An entrance fee of Rs. 5 is charged and taking pictures inside the cave is prohibited.
Mahendra Gupha (cave)

Mahendra Gufa, locally called Chamero Odhaar (House of Bats), is the large limestone cave. Shepherd boys are said to have discovered it around 1950. A two hour walk to the north of Pokhara, it is best to bring your own torch to see the stalactites and stalagmites, although most of them have been carted out by souvenir hunters.
The Old Bazaar

Pokharas traditional bazaar is colorful and so are its ethnically diverse traders. In its temples and monuments can be seen ties to the Newar architecture of the Kathmandu Valley. Located about 4 kilometers from Lakeside, the markets original charm is alive and well.
Bindbyabasini Temple
Bindhyabasini temple is the center of religious activity in the old bazaar. It is dedicated to goddess Bhagwati, yet another manifestation of Shakti. Worshippers ock here to perform sacrices, and especially on Saturdays the parklike grounds take on a festive fair. 76
Phewa Tal (Lake)

Phewa Lake, the second largest lake in the country, measuring 1.5 km by 4 km, is the center of all attractions in Pokhara. The enchanting lake is an idyllic playground. Brightly painted wooden boats and sailboats can be rented on reasonable cost around lakeside. Water is warm and swimming is pleasant if you ignore the probable pollution. The eastern shoreline of the lake, popularly known as Lakeside or Baidam, consists of seemingly endless strip of lodges, restaurants, bookshops and souvenir shops. One of the fascinating parts of lakeside is the splendid view of the mountains including Fish Tail (6,964m), locally known as Machhapuchhare, especially when the still water reects the peaks, creating a double image.
Natural History Museum

Also known as Annapurna Museum, it is located at Prithvi Narayan Campus east of the old bazaar. Managed by the Annapurna Conservation Area Project (ACAP), the museum has an exceptional collection of butteries, insects, birds, and models of wildlife as well as samples of various precious and semi-precious stones and volcanic rocks. Open daily, except Saturdays and holidays, from 9 am to 4 pm. Entrance is free.
Himalayan View
The magnicent Annapurna panorama thats visible on the northern skyline of Pokhara is quite incredible. The main peaks are Annapurna I to IV and the beautiful Machhapuchhare (or Fishtail Mountaian, so named after its twin peaks). Besides these, you can also see the Himchuli, Varahashikhar, Gangapurna and other peaks. The mountains will probably be hidden in the clouds between April and September. A nice evening on the banks of Fewa Lake with the mountain range as the backdrop is what Pokhara is really about!
Begnas Lake and Rupa Lake

The lakes are located about 15 kilometers from Pokhara at the end of a road that turns north from the highway to Kathmandu. Local buses are available for the lakes. Divided by the forested hillock called Panchabhaiya Danda, the lakes offer the perfect nature retreat because of their relative seclusion. Splendid boating and shing can be done here.
Nightlife and Entertainment

There is not much of nightlife in Pokhara other than dining. The town shuts down by about 10:30 in the evening. You can hang out at some of the bars and pubs that are becoming trendy in the area. Some hotels and lodges put up an hour long nightly Nepali cultural show with dances and such.
Matepani Gumba (Buddhist Monastry)

There is a splendid Buddhist Monastry on the top of the small forested hill above Matepani east of Mahendra pool. It overlooks a large section of the Pokhara city. One nd himself lost with time amid the chanting Lamas, colossal guardian images of the Buddha accompanying two other gurus and a prayer house with exquisitely carved columns and friezes.
Around Pokhara
Pokhara is the starting and ending point for many of the popular trekking routes in Nepal. Longer treks (one to three week long) such as the Jomsom trek, Annapurna Circuit, and Annapurna Sanctuary begin here. Check a book on Nepal trekking for more details on this. Otherwise, you can also
Bhadrakali Temple
To the south of the Buddhist Monastery there is another small but beautiful hill and in this pleasant sylvan setting lies Bhadrakali temple which also merits a visit.
Museums
Pokhara Museum, located between the airport and Mahendra Pul, reects the ethnic mosaic of western Nepal. The lifestyles and history of ethnic groups such as the Gurung, Thakali and the Tharu are attractively displayed. Open daily, except Tuesdays and holidays, from 10 am. to 4 pm. Entrance fee is Rs. 5 and there is an extra Rs. 10 for cameras.
WESTERN REGION
77
Batulechaur
Some miles north of Pokhara, Batulechaur is famous for its Gaine singers, who tell of the rich history of Nepal in rhapsodic songs. They play small four-strings, violin-like instrument called Sarangi with horsehair bows, to accompany their voices.
Panchase
Panchase is the name of ve collective hill peaks. The local traditions link each hill with some deities. The hill being a collection of dive peaks possibly give the name of Panchasya. The panchase is also called as Panchadham, visit book shops for information on trekking books of Nepal. For those with less time, Pokhara also provides shorter (one to seven days) and leisurely treks around the neighboring hills and villages. The popular ones are: Ghachowk Trek: two days, a circuit through Lhachowk to Ghachowk and down to Batulechaur, north of Pokhara, close up view of Fishtail Mountain. Naudanda Trek: two days, to Naudanda from Suikhet and then back through Kaski, west of Pokhara. Ghorepani Circuit: ve to seven days long, upto the Gurung village of Ghandruk village, great views of the Annapurna range, north-west of Pokhara. Ghandruk: four to six days from Nayapul through Birethanti to Phedi. Trek but offers magnicient mountain views, forests, birds and glimpses of traditional village life of Gurung and other ethnic community of Western Nepal Kahun Danda: day trip, north east of Pokhara, 1560m altitude. Sarangkot: day trip, great view of the mountain range including Dhaulagiri, north of Fewa Lake, 1592m altitude. The Annapurna Circuit: Annapurna Circuit is the popular name for a 300-kilometre trek in Nepal around the Annapurna mountain range in the Himalayas. The trek reaches an altitude of 5,300 metres on the Thorung La pass, touching the edge of the fabled Tibetan Plateau. Trek offers magnicent mountain scenery of Annapurna, Dhaulagiri and Machhapuchhre, considered by many to be the most beautiful mountain in the world. The trek follows ancient paths used as trade routes between Nepal and Tibet. These paths have long facilitated the ow of cultures and religions in this remote and formerly inaccessible region. Today Tibetan Mahayana Buddhism, Hinduism and the mysterious Bon-Po religion still coexist and interpenetrate one another in this region, which contains many pilgrimage sites. The unusually wide range of climatic zones in such a small area as the path ascends from 900 metres to 5,300 metres provides a chance to see many different plants and animals, and the different ways of life of the many peoples who live there. 78 a shrine of ve deities. The main hill is considerd as a Jyotirlinga, where Lord Shiva had achieved enlightenment, Siddha Baba Temple, Baraha temple and Pancha Sarobar (pond) at Panchase peak, old Buuddhist monastery at Arthat Dandakharka, Samadhisthal of Shrawan Kumar at Ghuheswori Danda in Bange VDC, Buddhist Gumba at Pumadi, Bhumadi and other temples of god and goddesses and the historical Kot located at different points in the Panchase region are the main cultural resources. Thausands of people visit Panchase every year, during Balachaturdasi in November and at other occasions, to pay homage to their deities and for thanks giving to their deceased ancestors in the Vedic and Buddhist tradition.
Manang
Chame is the district headquarters of Manang district at a distance of 245 kilometers from Kathmandu. However it is still not connected with any roadways yet although a road is under construction. Manang lies about 50 kilometers due north of pokhara across the Annapurna range. One fascinating aspect of viewing mountains is their changing mood with the interplay of light. Another interesting phenomenon about mountains is the transformation in their shape and personality when viewed from different directions. If the Annapurna range presents itself as a dramatic wall of rock and ice and the limit of the northen horizon at Pokhara, the same mountain range is transformed into a massive hump of white mass as seen toward the south from Manang and the individual peaks take on an entirely different character . Manang is rich with Marsyangdi River and a trek along its long course enables one to witness the various stages in the journey of a Himalayan river. Manang at an altitude of 3505m is the largest village of Nyeshang with over 300 houses. Other villages are Braga, Pisang, Ngawal, Ghyaru, Tanki and Khagsar. Of these Manang, Ngawl, and Pisang are older settlements while Ghyaru is an offshoot of Ngawal and Tanki is an extended village of Manang. Khabgsar in a western side valley may have originally started as a monastic community.
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary Manang Chame 2246sq. km. East: Gorkha West: Mustang and Myagdi North: Mustang, Gorkha & Tibet Autonomous Region of China South: Myagdi, Kaski and Lamjung Major rivers Dudha, Marsyangdi, Nar Longitude: 83 40-84 34 Topography Location Latitude: 28 27-28 51 Temperate, Cool temperate, Alpine Climate Maximum: 22.0 0 C Minimum: -5.0 0 C. Temperature Rainfall 499.4 ml. Predominant language, culture Gurung, Sherpa, Nepali, Magar, Newari, Limbu. Communication Post Ofce Tourist attraction centers Chame, Manang, Bhot, Palace of Ghale King, Chaurikharka Tuna-gaun. Himalayan Peaks Manasalu, Annapurna I, Annapurna II, Annapurna III, Annapurna IV. Lakes and Ponds Dharma Pokhari, Dimla Pokhari, Him Pokhari, Pongkar, Tilicho Tal. Local Lodge Accommodation facilities Accessibility Airways Medical facilities Health Posts, Ayurvedic Centers.
WESTERN REGION
79
80
Mustang
Jomsom is the district headquarters of Mustang district at a distance of 370 kilometers from Kathmandu. It is a place with isolate landscapes and lavishly adorned monasteries; great rivers and elds created through the painstaking labor of humans over time, with the highland that extends endlessly northward, and the immaculate white peaks of Annapurna and of the Nilgiri which mark the south. Tightly sealed off to the outside world until 1992, the tiny Kingdom of Mustang preserved within its boundaries a culture and a way of life that changed little over the centuries. Still presided over by its hereditary dynasty, this unique kingdom- within-akingdom has Tibetan Buddhist monasteries that predate any monasteries within Tibet, and a well preserved Tibetan Buddhism that has thrived with little inuence from the Chinese to their north or the Nepalese to their south. In fact, it is said by many that there is more of Tibet in Mustang than there is in todays Tibet. Many visitors nd their most lasting impression of Nepal comes not from the ancient temples in the urban valleys but from visits to places like Jomsom and its exhilarating spiritual environment. Jomsom area is not only the most popular trekking destination in Nepal but also the gateway to Upper Mustang Kingdom within the country. Jomsom is also the gateway to The Muktinath shrine that holds great religious signicance to both Buddhists and Hindus.
Mustang Jomsom 3573sq. km. East: Myagdi, Manang and Tibet Autonomous Region of China West: Dolpa and Myagdi North: Tibet Autonomous Region of China South: Myagdi Kali Gandaki, Dom Khola , Mustang Khola. Major rivers Topography Location Longitude: 83 31- 84 15 Latitude: 2833- 29 20 Sub-tropical, Cool temperate, Alpine. Climate Maximum: 27.2 0 C. Minimum: -4.6 0 C. Temperature 1321.7 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Nepali, Tamang, Gurung, Sherpa, Magar,maithili, Newari Post Ofce, Wireless Communication Tourist attraction centers Jomsom, Mustang, Trenkar, Muktinath, Dhami, Tukuche, Dana, Tatopani other Places. Himalayan Peaks Dhawalagiri, Dhawalagiri I, Mustang Lakes and Ponds Teligha, Damodar Kund, Tatopani Kund Rupse Waterfall Accommodation facilities Local lodges Accessibility Airways Medical facilities Hospital, Health Post, Ayurvedic Center, Clinic
Jomsom
It is the district headquaters of Mustang. Many visitors nd their most lasting impression of Nepal not from the ancient temples in the urban valleys but from visits to places like Jomsom and its exhilarating spiritual environment. Jomsom area is not only the most popular
trekking destination in Nepal but also the gateway to Upper Mustang Kingdom. Jomsom is also the gateway to Muktinath shrine that holds great religious signicance to both Buddhists and Hindus. Jomsom can be reached through trekking, small aircraft or helicopter, as there are no motorable roads leading to Jomsom. About 8 daily ights connect Jomsom with Pokhara, each ight taking about 20 minutes. Pokhara is in turn connected to Kathmandu by road and air, which is about 30 minutes, by air and 5 hours by road. Usually, a short ight takes the passengers from Kathmandu to Pokhara and then to Jomsom. The ights to Jomsom are held early in the morning as the weather for ight is favourable then.
WESTERN REGION
81
Muktinath
This small but famous three-story temple is situated at an altitude of 3,800 meters at a distance of 110 kilometers north of Pokhara. The temple is to the north of Jomsom.
For centuries, the Kali Gandaki Gorge has been one of the passes to the mysterious and untouched mountain fastnesses of western Nepal. Northwest of the gorge stand the littleknown Kanjiroba Himal, a cluster of mountains that takes its name. Eleven peaks rise above 6,000 metres including Kanjiroba Himal (6676m). These mountains encircle the ancient Kingdom of Dolpo and the sacred Crystal Mountain to form the natural boundary of the 3,540-squarekilometre Shey-Phoksondo National Park. Dolpo came into the kingdom in the 18th century as a result of King Bahadur Shahs conquests. Dolpos neighbouring kingdom, where myth and fantasy seem stronger than reality, is Mustang. It lies on a barren valley oor at around 4,572 meters, snug against the Tibetan border on three sides and guarded by formidable 7,375 meter mountains pierced only by narrow passes. Massive Dhaulagiri, at 8,167 meters the worlds seventhhighest mountain provides the defence, which has sealed Lo, as the locals call it, from the outside world for centuries. With Dhaulagiri and Annapurna, you are at the frontier of the highest land in the world and ready to open the gateway to some wonderful trekking experiences. Mustang is reached by a long trek through the Kali Gandaki Gorge. From there you cross over the one, desperately high, southeast-facing pass into Dolpo. Permits are needed for travel to these areas. One can take the scheduled domestic ight either to Jomosom, the nearest airstrip for Mustang, or to Likhu, the nearest airstrip for Dolpo or go on foot with guide and porters from Pokhara.
Sightseeing
The temple contains the image of Jwala Mai (the goddess of ame). Eternal ame that is burnt uninterruptedly for unknown period of time inside the temple draws Hindu and Buddhist alike. Black ammonite fossils, thought of as the embodiment of Vishnu, is found in profusion, and pilgrims travel long distances over rugged trails to collect these. The capital of Mustang and its central feature is the massive white-walled Royal Palace in which lives the worlds leastknown monarch. Lo Manthang, in fact, is the full name of the 2,000- squarekilometre kingdom of King Jigme Parwal Bista, founded in the 14th century by the Tibetan warlord Ama Pal. Fabled Mustang, as it is now known on the maps, is only an honorary kingdom these days. But each night King Jigme, the 25th monarch since the 1480s, orders the only gate of the mudwalled capital shut and barred. Twelve dukes, 60 monks, 152 families and eight witches occupy the capital. King Jigme still owns serfs who plough his stony elds for grain crops. Bitit Los treasures are many and priceless: a wealth of Tibetan art, monasteries and forts set in 23 villages and two other towns. Many of Mustangs monasteries names are derived from Tibetan phrase meaning plain of prayer, or mon than are carved into cliff faces. You climb ladders to reach them. Other wealth lays in the rocky hills turquoise and rich deposits of alluvial gold in the beds of the rivers that course through the land. But Los citizens consider the task of panning for this metal beneath their dignity.
Kali Gandaki Gorge

The deepest gorge in the world, Kali Gandaki Gorge is anked on one side by the daunting massif of Annapurna and on the other side, only 35 kilometres away, by the summit of Dhaulagiri (8,167m). In between sits the village of Tatopani.
82
Myagdi
Beni is the district headquarters of Myagdi district at a distance of 290 kilometers from Kathmandu. Myagdi district lies in the west-centre of Nepal and is famous for being the home of the worlds deepest gorge dividing Dhaulagiri and Annapurna massifs - the Kali Ghandaki gorge. It is home to predominately Magar, Thakali and Chhantyal indigenous communities along with Brahman, Chetri and Newars. Area is rich in medicinal plants and endangered wildlife. Beni has its name because it is the junction of two rivers, Myagdi and Kali Gandaki. Beni used to be the winter capital of the Malla rulers in the past and one of the prominent rulers, Maleba, is said to have built a Shiwalaya, temple of lord Shiva in Beni in 1697.
Myagdi Beni 2297 sq. km. East: Manang, Kaski and Parbat West: Baglung and Rukum North: Manang, Mustang and Dolpa South: Baglung and Parbat Myagdi, Kali Gandaki. Major rivers Topography Location Longitude: 8311- 83 50 Latitude: 28 23- 28 46 Sub-tropical, Cool temperate, Alpine. Climate Maximum: 35.0 C. Minimum: 2.0 C. Temperature 2960 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Nepali, Magar, Newari, Chhantyal, Tamang, Gurung Post Ofce, Wireless Communication Tourist attraction centers Punhill, Tatopani, Ghdepani, Dhorpatan Reserve,Takamkot, Shiwalaya, Galeshwar etc. Dhaulagiri I, II and V, Gurja Himal. Himalayan Peaks Accommodation facilities Local hotels and lodges Road connection Accessibility Medical facilities Hospital, Health Post, Ayurvedic Center, Clinic
WESTERN REGION
83
Parbat
Kusma is the district headquarters of Parbat district at a distance of 250 kilometers west of Kathmandu. Located on a high level terrace between the Kali Gandaki and the Modi rivers, Kusma was a mere garrison depot at the turn of the century. However, since being made the headquarters of the Parbat district in 1962, it has a piped water supply, shops, government ofces and a high school. Kusma is located on one of the numerous river terraces that ank the Kali Gandaki. The river terraces have at least four distinct levels corresponding to the successive phases of uplift and deposition and the towns of Kusma and Baglung occupy the more extensive upper levels. Although marginal from agricultural point of view and generally avoided for its hot climate, the terraces suspend between the neighboring hill slopes and sheer cliff faces above the dramatical landscape. It is famous for the Gupteshwor Cave, which is visited by thousands of pilgrims during Shivaratri. It is also noted for the Dahere Deurali Temple, which is visited by 84thousands of pilgrims during Balachaturdanshai.
Parbat Kusma 494 sq. km. East: Syangja and Kaski West: Baglung, Myagdi and Gulmi North: Myagdi and Kaski South: Syangja and Gulmi Major rivers Kali Gandaki, Modi, Mristi, Dhar Khola, Bachha Khola, Seti Beni Khola, and Bhurundi. Topography Location Longitude: 8332- 8347 Latitude: 2802- 2823 Climate Mild temperate, Cool temperat, Alpine, Tundra. Maximum: 34.0 C. Minimum: 5.0 0 C. Temperature Rainfall 1950 ml. Predominant language, culture Nepali, Gurung, Newari, Magar, Limbu, Sherpa, Maithili, Tamang, Santhali Communication Post Ofce, Telephone, Wireless Kusma, Modi Beni, Phalebas, Birethanti, Seti Beni, Beni. Tourist attraction centers Himalayan Peaks Annapurna I, Annapurna III, Fung Southern Peak, Modi Peak, Falulet Peak, Ganga Purna Himal, Patal Himchuli, Tent Peak. Mallaj Tal, Khairi Barah Tal, Pyasbarahi Tal. Lakes and Ponds Waterfall Sasurdhara. Accommodation facilities Hotel Lodge, Guesthouse Accessibility Road connections. Medical facilities Hospital, Health Post, Ayurvedic Center, Clinics
Baglung
Baglung Bazaar is the district headquarters of Baglung district at a distance of 272 kilometers from Kathmandu. It is situated on a plateau overlooking the Kali Gandaki valley. It has been a quaint trading town since ancient times frequented by traders from north and south. More recently, it is visited by tourists seeking to trek to Annapurna, Dhaulagiri, Dhorpatan and Dolpo. Baglung is connected to Beni Bazar of Myagdi to the north and Kusma Bazar of Parbat which are located 13 km to the north and 12 km to the south, respectively. A well-paved but winding highway connects the town with Pokhara, 72 km to the east. Baglung airport 12 kilometers to the south of the town was the only connection to the outside world before completion of the highway. Above the airport is the village of Rokas and on the mountain lies the famous shrine of Lord Bhairav. It is a long walk up the mountain through Paiyunpata taking 4-5 hours to reach the village. one has a breathtaking view of the surrounding Himalayas and Kusma Bazaar once at the top. Baglung has experienced a rapid expansion after the completion of Pokhara-Baglung Highway in the mid90s. There is now a summer road that connects Baglung to Chaura where the airport is located. Baglung became part of Greater Nepal under unication war led by King Prithvi Narayan Shah. Under unied Nepal, several government ofces were established and the town was designated as administrative headquarters of the region. Since then it has remained the most important political and economic town in the Dhaulagiri Zone. There is a Tibetan refugee camp located at Dhorpatan.
Baglung Baglung Bazaar 1784sq.km. East: Parbat West: Rukum, Rolpa and Pyuthan North: Myagdi and Parbat South: Gulmi, Pyuthan, Rukum and Rolpa. Kali Gandaki, Uttar Ganga, Dhor, Taman, Nisi, Bhuji, Bhim, Major rivers Dharam, Gaundi, Khate Khola and Hugdi. Topography Location Longitude: 8254- 8344 Latitude: 28 10- 2835 Climate Sub-tropical, Mild-temperate, Cool-temperate, Alpine. Maximum: 31. 6 0 C. Minimum: 3.6 0 C. Temperature Rainfall 1016.9 ml. Predominant language, culture Nepali, Gurung, Newari, Maithili, Magar, Limbu, Sherpa, Gurung, Tamang, Sathali. Communication Post Ofce, Telephone, Wireless Tourist attraction centers Baglung Bazzar, Galkot, Dhorpatan, Ghumte, Burtiwang, Hatiya Bazzar, Rajkot, Hukam Maukot, Balewa, Devisthan, Sera, Daha, Naya Bazaar. Hiamalayan Peaks Himchuli, Chalika, Dhawalagiri, Kagmara, Ghumte. Rudra Tal, Jalpa Khagar Tal. Lakes and Ponds Hotel, Lodge, Guesthouse. Accommodation facilities Accessibility Road connection, Airways. Medical facilities Hospital, Health post, Ayurveidc Cente, Clinics
WESTERN REGION
85
DHORPATAN HUNTING RESERVE

This reserve is situated in Baglung, Rukum and Myagdi districts where controlled hunting of some species is allowed. Covering an area of 1,325 square kilometers, the reserve is situated on the southern anks of Mt. Dhaulagiri. The reserve is one of the prime habitats of blue sheep, a highly prized trophy animal, which is the main target of hunters. Other game species are ghoral, serow, Himalayan tahr, black bear, pheasant and partridge. Endangered species of the area include the red panda and the cheer pheasant. Controlled hunting is allowed with proper license and the certain seasons of the year. Game license is issued by the Department of National Parks and Wildlife Conservation in Kathmandu and there are a few hunting outtters who can make arrangements for expeditions. Besides hunting, Dhorpatanis also an attractive destination for the trekker and wildlife enthusiast as protection has enabled animal numbers to increase in this rarely visited area.
86
Gulmi
Tamghas is the district headquarters of Gulmi district at a distance of 375 kilometers from Kathmandu. It is famous for coffee farming. Ruru now known as Ridi is a very famous holy place and a market centre. Resunga is another famouse holy place in the district. its rich biodiversity & its historic value are some of the attractions of Gulmi District. Tamghas is incredibly beautiful. Small town situated in the bottom of two wonderful hills Resunga and Arjun. It is a place that has been neglected for it could be one of the best visiting places in Nepal. Dhurkot Darbar This historical palace is situated at Dhurkot VDC west from Tamghas. There is a motorable road to the place. The last and twenty fourth of the Mall Kings, Bhupatendria Malla made this temple. The palace premises contain an old temple of Khadga Chhatra (Khadga Devi and Chhatra Devi). The temple denotes power during Bijaya Dashami, Nawami and Chaitra Dashain, people worship and scarice animals. During the festivals people display sword ght too. Ishma Darbar This historical palace is situated at Ishmaraj VDC of Gulmi district. The palace can be reached through the gravel road on a jeep, towards west south from Tamghas. Before the countrys unication by Prithvi Narayan Shah, the palace was second largest in the state. It is still unknown who built this palace. There is just an old Goddess temple inside the palace premises and old weapons too. The place denotes the power during Astami, people sacrice animals; even the sword ght is organized.
Gulmi Tamghas 1149 sq.km. East: Parbat and Syangja West: Pyuthan North: Baglung and Parbat South: Palpa, Arghakhanchi and Syangja. Major rivers Badigadh, Kali Gandaki, Challi Khola, Nisti Khola, Hugdi Khola, Ridi Khola and Dharam Khola. Topography Location Longitude: 8301- 83 37 Latitude: 2757- 2816 Climate Sub-tropical, Mild-tropical, Cool-tropical. Temperature Maximum: 30.0 0 C. Minimum: 2.3 0 C. Rainfall 1516.6 ml. Predominant language, culture Nepali, Newari, Gurung, Magar, Maithili, Bhojpuri, Sherpa, Limbu, Tamang, Tharu. Communication Post Ofce, Telephone. Wireless. Tourist attraction centers Tamghas, Resunga, Ridi, Wami, Darbar-Devisthan, Arkulkot Bharse, Musikot Accommodation facilities Hotel, Local Lodge. Accessibility Road connections Medical facilities Hospital, Health Center, Health Post, Ayurvedic Center, Clinics.
WESTERN REGION
87
Chandrakot Darbar This palace is situated in between Shantipur VDC of Gulmi and Bataka Chaur VDC of Baglung district. It could be reached by a vehicle or on foot which will take about half an hour. Bichitra Gupha (seven storied cave) The cave is situated 6 kilometers away from headquarters of Vastu VDC. This is a natural cave. More than two hundred people can sit comfortably inside the cave. This is the biggest cave in the district. Salime Daha This beatuiful pond is situated towards west from Dibrung. In the forest, white plants are abundant, which are used to make Nepali paper. Tara Khasekosthan It is in Wami VDC where it is believed that the stars had fallen. There were two holes on the ground but now there is only one. Depth is not measured. Throw a stone, falling count continues for 5-7 minutes. Resunga The hillock on the north-eastern side of Tamghas is known as Resungaat an altitude of 2347 meters. One can enjoy the view of whole Tamghas Bazaar. Bishnu Paduka Temple A temple stands on the hilltop of Resunga. The stone scripture here is written with the names of Shashidhar and Rana Bahadur.
88
Palpa
Tansen is the district headquarters of Palpa district at a distance of 300 kilometers from Kathmandu. Bordering the atlands of the Tarai to the immediate south, Palpas high hills command an impressive view of Nepal in all directions with the great Madi Valley in the west and the powerful Kali Gandaki along its northern border. Tansen is a hill town with a long history: Sen dynasty and empire, exiled aristocrats from Kathmandu and regal regional governors; enterprising Newar traders and craftspeople and the rich culture of the Magar people and other groups who make up the town and areas population combine to make Tansen. The town is situated on the southern slope of Shreenagar Hill at an elevation of 1372 metres. From its perch on the hill, the town looks out to the Madi Valley, surrounding hills and the Tarai. With views of the Himalaya from Shreenagar and rich natural environment all around, Tansen is one of the most scenic places in Nepal. As a gateway to Palpa and surrounding areas, it offers access
Palpa Tansen 1373 sq. km. East: Nawalparasi and Tanahun West: Arghakhanchi and Gulmi North: Syangja, Tanahun and Gulmi South: Rupandehi and Nawalparasi Major rivers Kali Gandaki, Biniyee Khola, Tinau Khola, Ridi Khola, Kurung Khola, Barandi, Purba River, and Nimdi Longitude: 83 15- 8401 Topography Location Latitude: 2743- 27 57 Tropical, Sub-tropical, temperate. Climate Temperature Maximum: 32.3 0 C. Minimum: 2.0 0 C. 1903.2 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Nepali, Magar, Newari, Gurung, Tharu, Maithili, Rai, Sherpa, Bhojpuri, Limbu, Abadhi, Tamang, Communication Post Ofce, Wireless, Telephone Tansen, Ridi, Ranighat, Palpa Bhairabsthan, Srinagar Hil, Tourist attraction centers Nuwakotgadi, Jitgadi, Wakumgdi, Rishikesh and Mirkhande. Lakes and Ponds Suke Tal , Satyawati Tal Waterfalls Chharahare, Baikunthe Accommodation facilities Hotel, Lodge, Guesthouse. Road connection Accessibility Medical facilities Hospital, Health Center, Health Post, Ayurvedic Center.
to Palpas variety and character of rural life, small towns, religious and historical sites. Newari houses, cobbled streets, Rana buildings, pagoda temples and tundikhel, shrines and stupas. Baldengadi fort is situated towards west of Baldengadi VDC. Ruins of old forts can still be seen here. The sight of Himalayan ranges to the plain elds of Tarai can be seen from the top of the hill. Bhiravsthan is situated 10 kilometers west of Tansen. This holy temple is easily accessible by the means of transport or on foot. This place is at a great height; hence, very nice view can be observed from the hilltop. Pratap Sumsher Rana made Bhairavsthan. The largest Trishul of Asia is kept 89
WESTERN REGION
secured. The temple of Bhairav and Mai is worshipped by locals and devotees from far places. It is believed that Mukunda Sen has kept Bahairav Mani (a precious stone) from Kathmandu. This Bhairavsthan is the strongest one among four Bhairavs in Palpa district. Siddhi gupha is situated at Baidhya Gumba VDC. It is onehour walk through motorable road. The cave lies at hill slope. There are varieties of pictures in a hall inside the cave. Ranighat Darbar is situated at two hours walk from Tansen towards north. It is at Baidhyagumba VDC. It is also called as Nepals Taj Mahal (one of the wonders of the world in India). Former ward chief Khadga Sumsher made this palace in the memory of his wife Tej Kumari. It is a three storeid building. Ranaojeshwori Bhagwati temple is situated at Bhagwati tol in Tansen. Tansen Darbar is situated at the middle part Tansen, which was made by Pratap Sumsher. It was the main administrative center of west Nepal during Rana Rule. This palace is three stored has square shape. Because it consists many rooms and big halls this palace conducts 5-6 ofces. Srinagar is just above Tansen Bazaar on a hill at an altitude of 1250 meters. It a picnic spot for people in the vicinity and the great view of Himalayan peaks is a bonus
for the visitors. Siddababa is situated at Dobhan VDC of Siddhartha highway. It is about 37 kilometers away from Tansen. Nuwakot Gadi is situated at Dovan VDC. It is on one hour walk towards north from Siddhartha Highway. There is a Bhairav temple made by Sen rulers on top of this hill. Mathagadi is situated at Godadi VDC. It is still unknown who and when this famous historical gadi (fort) was built. It still contains the weapons of warriors. There is a small temple and a stadium nearby. Satyawati Tal is situated at hilltop of the Kolada VDC. It is a beautiful lake located in the middle of green forest. Madan Pokhara is situated at about 12 kilometers away from Tansen. It is very good place for sightseeing. The place is good with agricultural prospects as well. There is a temple of Kokala Devi and famous Mandapya Rishis Tapobhumi. Sita Kunda is situated at Darcha VDC; 60 km towards east from Tansen. The common belief is that Goddess Sita used to bathe in this kunda. Ridi and Argali is situated at Argali VDC towards north-west from the district headquarters. This place is famous for various temples such as Rishi Keshav made by Madi Mukunda, Mukundeshwor temple, Ridi Gupha, Satyeshwor Mahadev etc. Baikuntha Dham is situated at Siddeshwor VDC of farwestern part of Palpa district. Many temples have been built here and most famous being Radha-Krishnas temple.
90
Nawalparasi
Parasi is the district headquarters of Nawalparasi district at a distance of 242 kilomeers from Kathmandu. Nawalparasi is famous for its many religious places. Triveni Dham This pilgrim is situated at about 34 kilometers towards south from Parasi in Susta VDC. This place is very famous site for Hindus. It is known as Triveni (point where three rivers meet). People have belief that if they bathe in this river, they will get blessings from the god. Thats why every year on the month of Magh, people observe a great festival where many Nepalese including Indians take part. Balamiki Aashram It is located 2 kilometers from Triveni Dham. It has great importance for Hindus. It lies beside Chitwan reserve and Tamasha River. Ancient poet Priest Balmiki wrote about God Ramas twin sons Lav and Kushs childhood. This place has great signicance because it is linked with the legend of God Ram and his consort Sita. Daunne Devi It is 30 kilometers east from Parasi Bazaar situated at an altitude of 1023 meters beside Daunnae hills. This temple was established in 1880 B.S. Many people visit the place during Chaite Dashain festival. Tarai parts of Nepal can be seen from the upper parts of Daunnae. It is a popular spot for Picnic among the local people.
Nawalparasi Parasi 2162 sq. km. East: Chitawan and Uttar Pradesh of India West: Rupandehi and Palpa North: Palpa and Tanahun South: Chitawan and Uttar Pradesh of India Narayani, Arun Khola, Kiran Khola, Jharahee, Dhonewa, Major rivers Satbarte, Thrikha, khajhaaradi and Girwari. Topography Location Longitude: 83 36- 84 28 Latitude: 27 24- 27497 Climate Tropical, Sub-tropical, Mild temperate. Maximum: 38. 9 0 C. Minimum: 4.0 0 C. Temperature Rainfall 1588.4 ml. Predominant language, culture Tharu, Abadhi, Nepali, Bhojpuri Magar, Newari, Gurung, Maithili, Tamang, Danuwar, Rai, Sherpa,Satar, Santhali, Limbu. Communication Post Ofce, Telephone, Wireless Parasi, Tribeni, Bazzar, Tribhuwantar, Suryapura, Nanda Tal, Tourist attraction centers Bardhaghatand Palhi, Daunne. Accommodation facilities Hotel, Local Lodge, Guesthouse Road connections Accessibility Medical facilities Hospital, Health Center, Health Post, Ayurvedic Center, Clinics
WESTERN REGION
91
Rupandehi
Bhairahawa is the district headquarters of Rupandehi district at a distance of 275 kilometers from Kathmandu. Rupandehi is one of the major industrial hubs of the country. Bhairahawa Hugging the Indian border 40 kilometres southward, Bhairawa, the Tarais second-largest industrial centre, turns out the hard stuff of Nepals liquor trade from a modern distillery and also renes sugar, rice and oil. There is also another British base, ve kilometres outside the town, which signs up more of the stout Gurkha military stock.
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary Rupandehi Bhairahawa 1360 sq. km. East: Nawalparasi West: Kapilbastu North: Palpa and Arghakhanchi South: Uttar Pradesh of India Major rivers Baghela, Danab, Koilajham, Kanchan, Koth, Mahab, Rohini and Tinau Longitude: 83 12- 83 39 Topography Location Latitude: 27 21- 27 48 Tropical Climate Temperature Maximum: 41.2 0 C. Minimum: 4.4 0 C. 1588.4 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Bhojpuri, Abadhi, Nepali, Tharu, Newari, Gurung, Magar, Sherpa, Limbu, Tamang, Rai, Sunuwar, Rajbanshi, Danuwar. Communication Post Ofce, Telephone, Wireless Bhairahawa, Butawal, Lumbini, Parroha, Anandaban, Tourist attraction centers Manigram Paklihawa. Accommodation facilities Hotel, Lodge, Guesthouse Accessibility Road connections, Airways Medical facilities Hospital, Health Post, Health Center, Ayurvedic Center, Clinics, and Medical Collage
92
WESTERN REGION
93
Kapilvastu
Taulihawa is the district headquarters of Kapilvastu district at a distance of 305 kilometers from Kathmandu. It is a world famouse district as Lord Buddha was born here. It has many places relating to the life of Lord Buddha.
Tilaurakot
When the Buddha was born, Tilaurakot was the capital of his father King Suddhondhans kingdom. It is 27 kilometers west of Lumbini. Although the stupas, monasteries and palaces that Chinese travellers wrote about over two millennia ago no longer exist, the Nepalese have preserved the location of the town as a heritage site.
Kapilvastu
An important archeological site near Lumbini, Kapilvastu evokes the ancient palace where Lord Buddha spent his formative years. Scattered foundations of the palace are abundant, and archeologists have by now discovered 13 successive layers of human habitation dating back to the eighth century BC. A must visit site for archeological and historical enthusiasts.
Kapilbastu Taulihawa 1738 sq. km. East: Rupandehi West: Dang and Uttar Pradesh of India North: Arghakhanchi and Dang South: Uttar Pradesh of India Arra, Ban Ganga, Kothi and Surai. Major rivers Topography Location Longitude: 82 41- 83 16 Latitude: 27 29- 27 48 Tropical Climate Maximum: 41.5 0 C. Minimum: 2.5 0 C. Temperature 1588.4 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Abadhi, Tharu, Nepali, Newari, Magar, Gurung, Maithili, Bhojpuri, Rajbanshi, Sunuwar, Rai, Sherpa. Communication Post Ofce, Telephone, Wireless Taulihawa, Krishnanagar, Pattharkot, Tilaurakot, Nighihawa, Tourist attraction centers Gotihawa, Kudan and Shiwagadi. Lakes and Ponds Banjha Tal, Sagara Tal, Juwa Tal, Sisawa Tal, Niglee Tal, Bijuwa Tal. Hotel, Lodge Accommodation facilities Accessibility Road connections Medical facilities Hospital, Health Post, Ayurvedic Center, Clinics
Bolbam Dham
This place is located at Paroha VDC. Bolbam Dham is also known as Shiva Dham. During the month of Shrawan, festival is observed, when large number of people offer water to Lord Shiva which they carry on foot from far places like Laxmanghat in Kapilvastu district and Narayani Lake. They believe pouring water to God will fulll their wishes. People wear yellow dresses when they visit this place.
94
Kapilvastu Museum
Located in Tilaurakot, 26 kilometers from Lumbini, the place of Buddha, this museum contains an interesti ng collection of coins, pottery, toys and other artefacts dating to the 7th century AD. Also displayed are some unique jewellery pieces from the same period.
Lumbini-The birthplace of Lord Buddha

Shakyamuni Buddha was born in Lumbini, in southern Nepal, twenty-ve hundred years ago. Since his time, Nepal has been a sacred ground for Buddhists as the birthplace of the Buddha. Lumbini is a small town, where the ruins of the old city can still be seen. Shakyamuni Buddha was born to a royal family. Lumbini has been a holy ground for Buddhists all over the world. The restored garden and surroundings of Lumbini have the remains of many of the ancient stupas and monasteries. A large stone pillar erected by the Indian Emperor Ashoka in 250 BC bears an inscription about the birth of the Buddha. An important part of Lumbini is the temple of Maya Devi. It has a stone image of Maya Devi giving birth to Lord Buddha as she holds onto a branch. It has been well worn by the strokes of barren women hoping for fertility. To the south of the temple is a pool where
Queen Maya Devi is said to have bathed and given her son his rst purication bath. A quiet garden, shaded by the leafy Bo tree (the type of tree under which Buddha received enlightenment), and a newly-planted forest nearby lend an air of tranquillity which bespeak Buddhas teachings. Lumbini is now being developed under the Master Plan of the Lumbini Development Trust, a non-governmental organization dedicated to the restoration of Lumbini and its development as a pilgrimage site. The plan, drawn on 1978 by the renowned Japanese architect Kenzo Tange, will transform eight square kilometers of land into a sacred place of gardens, pools, buildings, and groves. The development will include a Monastic Zone, the circular sacred Garden surrounding the Ashoka pillar and Maya Devi temple, and Lumbini Village, where visitors will nd lodges, restaurants, a cultural center and tourist facilities. Besides its religious and historical signicance, Lumbini offers cultural insights into the village life of southern Nepal. Serious preservation work has only just been started in the latter half of this century and Lumbini as a slice of history is worth seeing and worth preserving
WESTERN REGION
95
Arghakhanchi
Sandhikharka is the district headquarters of Arghakhanchi district at a distance of 440 kilometers from Kathmandu via Lumbini. Arghakhanchi used to be two different states Argha and Khachikot before the unication of the country in 1786 AD by Bahadur Shah. Popular Hindu epics Ramayan and Mahabharata mention some stories about the places. Arghakhanchi was declared as a separate district in 1961 A.D. Chure and Mahabharata both ranges in Nepal are located in Arghakhanchi and Palpa districts. Most of the settlements are in villages of Argha side. Rest of the part mostly remains forest. Only Rapti ows from west side of the district.
Arghakanchi Sandhikharka 1193 sq. km East: Gulmi and Palpa West: Pyuthan and Dang North: Gulmi and Pyuthan South: Rupandehi, Kapilbastu and Dang Major rivers Ban Ganga, Chutra, Bensi, Mathura, Rapti, Sita, Bangi, Ghauwa and Durga Topography Location Longitude: 82 45- 83 20 Latitude: 27 47- 2805 Climate Tropical, Sub- tropical, Temperate. Temperature Maximum: 32.0 0 C Minimum: 4.0 0 C Rainfall 849.5 ml Predominant language, culture Nepali, Newari, Maithili, Magar, Limbu, Sherpa, Gurung, Tamang, Satar, Muslim Communication Post Ofce, Telephone, Wireless Tourist attraction centers Narapani, Argharajsthan, Kanchikot, Thanda, Pattharkot, Chutrabesi, Jukena, Uluk, Chatraganj, sandikharka. Lakes and Ponds Jhirradaha, Kamal Pokhari, Khandaha, Shalyangdaha, Gauchaur. Waterfall Arghotosh (Tilkuwa) Supa Khola. Accommodation facilities Local Lodge Accessibility Road connections. Medical facilities Hospital, Health Post, Health Center, Clinic.
96
MID WESTERN REGION
MID WESTERN REGION
97
98
Pyuthan
Pyuthan bazaar locally known as Khalanga is the district headquarters of Pyuthan district at a distance of 525 kilometers from Kathmandu. Pyuthan is situated at Rapti Zone towards north east part of mid western devlopment region of Nepal. This district lies on the northern slopes of the Mahabharat Range in mid-western Nepal. The core of the district is the valley of Jimruk Khola which joins another important stream called Mardi Khola downstream as they cross the Mahabharat Range to form the Rapti River. The oodplain of the Jimruk is mainly inhabited by Brahman and Chhetri rice farmers, plus Newar shopkeepers. Highlands around the valley are mostly inhabited by Magars, including Kham Magars. Swargadwari The place is known as the gate to the heaven as it is believed that Panch Pandavs and Droupadi with their dog went to heaven. Its importance is admired day by day since 1952 B.S. Founder of this pilgrimage was Mahaprabhu Shree 108 Hamsnand Giri, who was born in Rimti of Rolpa district. The holy re is still aming since 1952 B.S. Natural beauties of the place are uncountable. Buses are available from Dang regularly. Ghuguti, Tinpure Dhuri, Syaulibang separate the district from Rolpa and Baglung. Jhimaruk River hydropower supplies the electricity in the area. Dangbang and Bangesal village are most harvesting/cultivating land of Jhimaruk area. Agriculture and animal husbandary are main occupation of the people.
Pyuthan Pyuthan Khalanga 1309 sq. km. East: Arghakhanchi, Gulmi and Baglung West: Rolpa and Dang North: Rolpa and Baglung South: Dang and Arghakhanchi. Rapti, Jhimruk, Manadabi. Major rivers Topography Location Longitude: 82 36- 83 06 Latitude: 27 54- 2819 Sub- tropical, Mild- temperate Climate Maximum: 32.0 0 C. Minimum: 3.5 0 C. Temperature 1294.5 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Nepali, Newari, Magar, Gurung, Sherpa, Rai, Limbu, Maithili, Rajbanshi. Communication Post Ofce, Telephone, Wireless. Khalanga, Bhitrikot, Bijwar Bazzar, Wwargadwari, Bhinrikot. Tourist attraction centers Hotel, Lodge Accommodation facilities Accessibility Road connections Hospital, Health Post, Ayurvedic Center, Clinic. Medical facilities
MID WESTERN REGION
99
Rolpa
Liwang is the district headquarters of Rolpa district at a distance of 465 kilometers from Kathmandu. It is the biggest district of Rapti zone surrounded by many hillocks populated by the indigenous Kham Magars. Dare Gaida, Ghamire, Jaljala, Dhuri Rangsi, Laha, Gulung Dhuri, Jamkot, Thumikot, Samahi, Pole are all hillocks of the district. The area was formed as a single district in 1961 AD. Among all the kings of the area in ancient times, Ghare Baitam of Baija conquered all the Magar kings. Rol is call the number and pa means remaining which acknowledges that Rolpa is formed by remaining kings from others. Most occupation of the population is agriculture trade and animal husbandry; some people also go to ther places for job.
Rolpa Liwang 1879 sq. km. East: Pyuthan and Baglung West: Salyan North: Rukum South: Dang and Pyuthan Bheri, Lungri, Madi Khola, Sharada Khola and Nausaya Khola. Major rivers Topography Location Longitude: 8221- 82 55 Latitude: 28 07- 28 32 Sub-tropical, Mild temperate, Cool temperate. Climate Maximum: 30.0 0 C. Minimum: 3.0 0 C. Temperature 1109.6 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Nepali, Magar, Gurung, Newari, Sherpa, Maithili, Tharu, Tamang, Abadhi, Limbu. Communication Post Ofce, Telephone, Wireless. Liwang, Thawang, Jaljaladhari, Bhamaodar, Sunchahari. Tourist attraction centers Road connection, Airways Accommodation facilities Accessibility Local Lodge Hospital, Health Post Clinic Medical facilities
100
Rukum
Musikot also known as Jumlikhalanga is the district headquarters of Rukum district at a distance of 580 kilometers from Kathmandu. It is one of the historical places of Nepal. Before Nepal was unied, states like Rukum, Musikot, Banphikot, Gotamkot and Jajarkot were under Rukum area. It was declared as a separat district in 1961 A.D. Traingular shaped Rukum is atter in south. Altitude varies from 762 m to 6,072 m. Though the people are agronomist, there is lack of cultivating lands. Animal husbandary, agriculture, trade and business are also the occupation of the people. Rukum district has many could-be-tourist-spots places, but due lack of information, many of them remain unexplored. One of the main places that could have been the major tourist destination is Mt. Sisne , a virgin mountain, as nobody has claimed to have conquered this mountain yet. Rukum is also called the place of Baunna Pokhari Tripanna Takuri, means the place of 52 lakes and 53 hills. Rukmini Tal (local name Kamal Daha), a beautiful pond and mysterious caves surround the beautiful village of Rukumkot. Barah and Sibalaya temples situated near Rukmini Tal. Air travel is the only transportation mode available. The two airports in Rukum are in Chaurjahari and the more recently constructed airport in Salle. The districts two airports offer safe but rudimentary facilities for passenger ights, mainly from Nepalgunj, Bhairahawa and Kathmandu. Otherwise, access to Rukum from major highways and population centers requires up to several days hiking. This can be hazardous during the monsoon months even for seasoned locals. In the past few years however, some roads have been constructed that will eventually enable motor vehicle access to this district.
Rukum Musikot 2877 Sq. km. East: Baglung and Myagdi West: Jajarkot North: Dolpa. South: Salyan and Rolpa Thuli Bheri, Sani Bheri, Jaheri. Major rivers Topography Location Longitude: 82 12- 8207 Latitude: 28 27- 28 57 Sub-tropical, Temperate, Alpine. Climate Maximum: 31.4 0 C. Minimum: 2.0 0 C. Temperature 1444.5 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Nepali, Gurung, Maithili, Bhojpuri, Limbu, Newari, Tamang, Satar Communication Post Ofce, Wire less Musikot, Rukumkot, Chaurjahari, Bankot, Gatakot. Tourist attraction centers Shyardaha, Kamal Pokhari. Lakes and Ponds Accommodation facilities Local Lodge Road connection Accessibility Medical facilities Hospital, Health Post, Clinic.
MID WESTERN REGION
101
Salyan
Salyan is the district headquarters of Salyan district at a distance of 502 kilometers from Kathmandu. Salyan was a place of considerable importance in the past as an administrative center for a much larger area which included Rolpa, Rukum and Jajarkot Surkhet. Salyan is famous for ginger powder and its typical clothes so called Thetuwa. Salyankot include 17 kots (Forts). In 1961 A.D. Salyan was declared as a separate district from other forts. Mahabharat and Korbang hill ranges adorned the district with the highest point being not higher than 3,049m. Gandharva, Badi, Raute including other tribes also live in. Agronomy is the basic economy of the district. Thetuwa clothes, Khukuri, Knives are the famous products of the area.
Salyan Salyan 1462 sq. km. East: Pyuthan and Rolpa West: Surkhet and Bardia North: Jajarkot and Rukum South: Dang and Banke Bheri, Sharada, Siwang Khola,Arung Khola. Major rivers Topography Location Longitude: 81 45- 8223 Latitude: 2809- 2837 Sub- tropical, Mild- temperate. Climate Maximum: 33.0 0 C, Minimum: 3.6 0 C. Temperature Rainfall 1109. 6 ml. Predominant language, culture Nepali, Maithili, Bhojpuri, Gurung, Magar, Limbu, Newari, Sherpa, Tamang. Communication Post Ofce, Telephone, Wireless. Tourist attraction centers Chandani Khalanga Bazaar, Phalwang Rekh Bazaar, Chayachitra, Chopighat, Laxmipur, Kuvinda Daha. Lakes and Ponds Kubhinde Daha. Hotel, Lodge Accommodation facilities Accessibility Road connections Hospital, Health, Post, Ayurvedic Center and Clinic. Medical facilities
102
Dang
Tribhuwannagar Ghorahi is the district headquarters of Dang district at a distance of 430 kilometers from Kathmandu. Dang is the most developed district and commercial center of Rapti Zone. Ghorahi and Tulsipur are the main commercial hubs for whole Rapti zone. Since the district has two wide low elevated Inner Tarai valleys, it has better transportation and communication facilities than the four other districts of the zone. The two inner Tarai valleys making up most of Dang District are called Dang and Deukhuri. If one were to travel north from the edge of the Indo-Gangeatic Plain at Nepals border with India, one would rst climb gradually through a forested alluvial belt, then more steeply to about 1,000 meters to cross one branch of the Siwalik Range. Descending less steeply down the northern side, the agricultural Deukhuri Valley would be traversed for about ten kilometers, crossing the westward-owing Rapti River and Nepals main eastwest highway. At the northern edge of Deukhuri valley, a second, slightly higher hill of the Siwalik Range would be crossed, then would follow into the Dang Valley, spreading to 15 or 20 kilometers. Dang is about a hundred meters higher than Deukhuri and is drained to the west by the Babai. Several spur roads from the east-west highway cross the hills into Dang, which is the more populated and developed of the two valleys. Finally from the northern edge of Dang Valley there would be a steep 1,500 meter climb to the crest of the Mahabharat Lek that is the northern border of Dang where the hill districts Pyuthan, Rolpa and Sallyan begin. The Dang and Deukhuri valleys were originally a malarial belt mainly populated by the Tharu ethnic group that had lived there long enough to develop resistance, apparently
Dang Tribhuwannagar Ghorahi 2955 sq. km. East: Arghakhanchi, Kapilbastu and Pyuthan West: Banke and Salyan North: Salyan, Pyuthan and Rolpa South: Uttar Pradesh of India Rapti, Babai, Chame Khola, Chamai Khola, Sisne, Hapur, Major rivers Sewar, Gowar. Topography Location Longitude: 82 09-82 54 Latitude: 2745- 28 1721 Climate Tropical, Mild- tempereate. Maximum: 37.8 0 C. Minimum: 3. 5 0 c. Temperature Rainfall 1387.9 ml. Predominant language, culture Nepali, Tharu, Abadhi, Magar, Newari, Gurung, Maiyhili, Bhojpuri, Maithili, Rai, Rajbanshi, Sherpa, Limbu, Tamang, Sunuwar. Post Ofce, Telephone, Wireless. Communication Tourist attraction centers Tribhuwannagar, Tulsipur, Godhawa, Koilabas, Chaughera. Lakes and Ponds Bahrakunedaha, Charange Puran Waterfall Hotel , Lodge, Guesthouse. Accommodation facilities Accessibility Road connection, Airways. Medical facilities Hospital, Health Post, Ayurvedic Centers, Clinics.
via the Sickle Cell Disease trait, and to develop architectural and behavioral countermeasures. The use of DDT for mosquito suppression around 1960 opened the district to colonization by land-hungry settlers from the Middle Hills, who took land away from the Tharus by various stratagems and often reduced them to sharecroppers. Ratannath Temple Ratannath Temple, situated in Dang in mid-western region, is one of the most famous temples of the western parts of Nepal. The temple is consecrated to Ratannath the disciple of Gorakhnath and the founder of Nath sect.
MID WESTERN REGION
103
Banke
Nepalgunj is the district headquarters of Banke distrct at a distance of 500 kilometers from Kathmandu. It is an industrial centre on the Indian border. The border is at the distance of 6 kilometers to the south. It is one of the limited of places where non-Indian foreigners are allowed to cross the border with India. Khajura, Mahendranagar, Bayapur, Baghouda, Bhoj, Bhagawanpur also are main places to visit in Banke. Banke is a one of the districts under Nayamuluk and is well developed in terms of social, economical and administrative activities. Banke means the people coming in from Banki place. Birendra Chowk lies in the middle of town, an intersection named for the late king. Airport is 6 kilometers north from the city centre. The major places in Nepalgunj are Gharbaritole, Ganeshpur, Sadar Line, Koreanpur, Belaspur, and B.P. Chowk. It connects under developed parts of Nepal like Dolpa, Jumla and Mugu via airways and roads. Different ethnic and indigenous communities and tribe live here but Tharus dominate others. Agriculture is the base of economy. Trade and commerce are getting momentum.
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary Banke Nepalganj 2337 sq.km. East: Dang and Uttar Pradesh of India West: Bardiya and Uttar Pradesh of India North: Salyan and Dang South: Uttar Pradesh of India Major rivers Rapti, Mankirin, Dundawa Topography Location Longitude: 81 25- 82 06 Latitude: 27 52- 2814 Climate Tropical, Sub- rtopical. Temperature Maximum: 42.0 C. Minimum: 4.5 0 C. Rainfall 1263.6 ml. Predominant language, culture Abadhi, Tharu, Nepali, Magar, Newari, Bhojpuri, Maithili, Gurung, Tamang Communication Telephone, Post Ofce, Wireless, Cellphnes Tourist attraction centers Nepalganj, Chatar, Khajura, Mahendranagar, Bhagauda, Bhoj, Bhagawanpur Rani Talau Lakes and Ponds Accommodation facilities Hotel, Lodge, Guesthouse Accessibility Road connection, Airways Medical facilities Hospital, Health Post, Clinic, Ayurvedic Centers
104
Bardiya
Gularia is the district headquarters of Bardia district at a distance of 540 kilometers from Kathmandu. Bardia is the district with a many rivers, a vast area of jungle and a wide stretch of grassland., Bardia was a preferred place for herdsmen in the past as there are facilities for animal husbandry. Herdsmen are called Bardia in Tharu dialect. Karnali, Babai are bigger river whereas Geruwa. Maan, Maila, Barai, Budhikula and Duruwa are smaller rivers. The Badhaiya Lake, which is noted as a major shpond, is located in Bardia. More than 80% the manpower of Bardia district is engaged in agriculture and shery. Rice, wheat and potatoes are the major crops. Napal had lost a large territory to Britain in the AngloNepalese war of 1814 AD. The territory lost included the Terai region to the west from the Rapti River and to the east from the Kali River. After the signing of the Anglo-Nepalese Treaty of Peace in 1815 (which is also called the Sugauli Treaty), the East India Company Government had annexed this Nepalese territory into India. When the Indians revolted against the East India Company Government in 1857 (the incident is known as Sipoy Mutiny in the history), the East India Company Government asked for assistance from Nepal and the then Prime Minister of Nepal Jung Bahadur Rana himself led the Nepalese force to India. As he was successful in putting down the mutiny, the English Government was very pleased with him and announced a number of awards to him on November 1, 1860. The awards included 16,953 medals, more than 500,000 rupees in cash, the territory to the west of the Rapti River and the east of the Kali river and various titles. Since then the region between the west of the Rapti river and the east of the Kali river, which include
Bardiya Gulariya 2025 sq.km. East: Banke, Salyan and Surkhet West: Kailali,Surkhet and Uttar Pradesh of India North: Surkhet and Kailali South: Uttar Pradesh of India Karnali, Babai, Mannala Major rivers Topography Location Longitude: 81 03- 81 46 Latitude: 28 7- 28 39 Tropical, Sub-tropical. Climate Maximum: 40.9 0 C. Minimum: 7.0 0 C. Temperature 2099 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Tharu, Nepali, Abadhi, Guring, Newari, Bhojpuri, Magar, Sherpa, Rai, Danuwar, Limbu, Tamang Communication Post Ofce, Wireless, Telephone Gulariya, Rajaur, Khasapdanaha and Tinkothiya Tourist attraction centers Hotel, Lodge Accommodation facilities Accessibility Road connections, Airways Hospital, Health Post, Ayurvedic Center, Clinic Medical facilities
todays Banke, Bardia, Kailali and Kanchanpur districts, started to be known as Naya Muluk, literally meaning the new country.
Bardia National Park

Bardia National Park is situated on the eastern bank of the Karnali River, about 400 km west of Kathmandu. The park is spread in 968 sqare kilometer which extends from the Churia hills southward to the gentle slopes of the Bhabhar. The higher grounds of the Churia have dry deciduous forest of mostly hardwood sal. The porous slopes of the Bhabhar support large open grassland known locally as Phantas. These are some of the last remaining grasslands that once covered much of the Gangetic plains of north India but which is time were transformed into the ricebowl of the sub-continent.
MID WESTERN REGION
105
The western end of the Bardia is bounded by numerous water-ways of the karnali which have created many large and small gravel islands. The mosaic of grassland and reverine forest of acacia, sesame, and the large buttressed silk cotton trees covers these islands and much of the lower ground. In spring, the silk cotton blooms and the forest comes alive with scarlet owers. Bardia is the home to a wide variety of animals, many of which live in and around the phantas. These open grasslands such as Baghora and Lamkoili are the best places to view animals. The most conspicuous of which is the spotted deer.
Other ungulates include black buck, hog deer, samber deer, wild boar and barasingha or swamp deer. Two species of monkeys, the langur and the rhesus macaque are also present. Both tiger and leopard haunt this reserve and it is not uncommon to sight one of these predators. The park is also famous for its small herds of wild elephants, which are rarely seen. Recently the Department of National Parks and Wildlife Conservation relocated a few one-horned rhinos from Chitwan into Bardia and in a few years they are likely to become one of the parks main attractions. The park also boasts a small population of the rare gharial, the marsh mugger crocodile and the Gangetic dolphin. The island of the Karnali River harbours the sub-continents largest antelope species, the nilgai or blue bull. The Karnali and the Babai rivers attract the large number of wintering waterfowl along with resident species such as herons, kingshers and wall creepers. More than 350 bird species have been recorded in Bardia, truly a bird watchers paradise. Visitors are expected to have prior bookings from Kathmandu or must travel with camping support. The most rewarding way to look for wildlife is on landrover drives through the park, nature walks and boat rides down the rivers. An enteresting alternative is to follow the trade route up the west bank of the Karnali gorge from Chisapani. For the angling enthusiast, the river also offers shing for mahseer. Bardia is ecologically similar to Chitawan, but wilder and less explored.
106
Surkhet
Birendranagar is the district headquarters of Surkhet district at a distance of 580 kilometers from Kathmandu. Dry plains and forests of Banke and then the Chure range separated into two jagged ridges by the left of the Babai valley. The northen slope of the Chure under pure stands of pine sloped gently towards the Bheri river. The rst glimpse of central Surkhet was one of a circular depression amidstpine forests and the predominant colour being the yellow of the mustard crop and paddy stubbles. Surkhet valley was in the past reputed for its endemic malaria and until a few decades ago there were only a few permanent villages of Tharus who had migrated from Dang. Except during the winter, the nearby hill farmers used to retreat to their upland villages by dusk after the days toil on the valley elds. Bulbule Tal, Deuti Bajai, Latikoili are interesting places to see.
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary Surkhet Birendranagar 2451 sq. km. East: Salyan West: Kailali, Doti and Bardiya North: Jajarkot, Dailekh, Doti and Achham South: Salyan, Bardiya, and Kailali Major rivers Karnali, Babai, Bheri, Sharada, Nikash Topography Location Longitude: 80 59- 82 01 Latitude: 28 14- 28 58 Climate Tropical, Sub- tropical, Mild temperate. Temperature Maximum: 36.0 0 C. Minimum: 6.2 0 C. Rainfall 1611.9 ml. Predominant language, culture Nepali, Tharu, Magar, Gurung, Maithili, Limbu, Sherpa, Tamang Post Ofce, Wireless, Telephone. Communication Tourist attraction centers Birendranagar, Kankre-Bihar, Latikoili Mandir, Bayalkanda Gadhi, Siddhapaila Lakes and Ponds Simrakhanidaha, Jajura Tal, Baraha Tal. Bulbule Tal. Accommodation facilities Hotel, Lodge, Guesthouse. Road connections, Airways. Accessibility Medical facilities Hospital, Health Post, Ayurvedic Center, Clinics
MID WESTERN REGION
107
Dailekh
Dailekh Bazaar is the headquarters of Dailekh district at a distance of 645 kilometers from Kathmandu. It is located on south-trending spur between the Lohare Khola to the east and the Chham Gad to the west. Bilaspur (1840m), the old site of the former rulers and now in ruins, is 3 km north of the present town. The numerous monuments, inscribed stone structures and stupa extent around Dailekh are ample evidence that it once formed a part of the Khasa Malla Empire. After the fall of Malla Empire at the close of the 14th century, Dailekh became an independent state under Sansari Bhamya whose descendants ruled until its subjugation by the Gorkhalis in 1790.
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary Dailekh Dailekh Bazaar 1502 sq. km. East: Jajarkot West: Achham and Surkhet North: Kalikot South: Surkhet Major rivers Karnali, Lohare, Chamgad and Paduka Topography Location Longitude: 81 25- 81 55 Latitude: 2840- 29 07 Climate Sub-tropical, Mild- temperate, Cool- temperate. Temperature Maximum: 33.0 C. Minimum: 1.8 0 C. Rainfall 1790.8 ml. Predominant language, culture Nepali, Communication Post Ofce, Telephone, Wireless. Tourist attraction centers Dailekh Bazaar, Dullu, Sirasthan, Nabhisthan, Padukasthan and Dhungeswar. Waterfalls Dwari, Bhairavi Hotel, Lodge. Accommodation facilities Accessibility Road connection. Medical facilities Hospital, Health Post, Clinic, Health, Center
108
Jajarkot
Jajarkot Khalanga is the district headquarters of Jajarkot district at a distance of 1600 kilometers from Kathmandu. Jajarkot occupies a strategic location with a sweeping view of the Bheri and the plain of Chaur Jahari to the south. Jajarkot was one of the 22 principalities of the far west after the downfall of the Khasa Kingdom of Jumla. According to genealogy of Samall Thakuris, Jagati Singh became the ruler of Jajarkot with his capital at Jagatipur, seven kilometers south west of the Jajarkot. A local legend goes that horse of Jagati Singh always preferred to graze at the site of the present place and the capital was shifted to Jajarkot from Jagatipur during the reign of his grandson. Jagati Singh was probably a contemporary of Bali Raja (1398-1404 A.D.) of Jumla and his 18th descendant, Harihar Shah ruled during the time of Prithvi Narayan Shah. Harihar Shah and Prithvi Narayan Shah met in 1643 during their pilgrimage to Benaras and the two signed a treaty of friendship that proved useful during the Gorkhali expansion in the far west.
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary Jajarkot Jajarkot Khalanga 2230 sq.km. East: Dolpa and Rukum West: Dailekh and Kalikot North: Jumla and Dolpa South: Surkhet and Salyan Major rivers Bheri, Sama and Tator Longitude: 8150-8230, Topography Location Latitude: 2838-2906. Sub-tropical, Cool temperate, Alpine. Climate Maximum: 23. 0 C. Minimum: 13. 0 C. Temperature Rainfall 1868.5 ml. Predominant language, culture Nepali, Maithili, Newari, Gurung, Limbu, Bhojpuri Communication Post Ofce. Wireless. Khalanga Bazzar, Jagatipur, Paika, Ramidanda Tourist attraction centers Accommodation facilities Local Lodge Accessibility Road Connections. Medical facilities Hospital, Health Post, Health Center, Clinic
MID WESTERN REGION
109
Dolpa
Dunai is the district headquarters of Dolpa district. It is one of the hidden tourist destinations of Nepal. One has to see the landscape in all of its rugged natural beauty and experience the remoteness. The district lies completely on the trans-Himalayan region of Nepal. Dolpa is a largest but the least populated district in Nepal. Animal husbandary is the traditionally important activity for most Dolpa households. It is the last stronghold of the Bonpo religion. Nationl Park headquarters is based here where visitors can get permit to the SheyPhhoksundo National Park. Ethnically Chhetris comprise the largest population in the district. Other ethinic groups in district include Gurung, Magar, Thakuris, Brahmin, Newar, Sherpa, Sarki, and Damai other ethinic groups. Unlike other Magars, Dolpa Magars are Buddhist. The Dolpa or Dolpo-pa settlements are concentrated in the remote and fascinating region, which is conned, by the Dhaulagiri Himalaya in the south and east; the Sisne and Kanjiroba Mountain in the west and Tibet on the north. They generally settle at altitudes of 3,660 m to 4,070m. They are probably the highest settlements in the world. These mongoloid featured people are Tibetan speaking. Marriages are very relaxed in general. Pre-marital and extra-marital sex union is not prejudiced. All the brothers in a family marry a common wife. Marriages can be of any type; by arrangement, capture or elopement. The Dolpa people are Buddhist, but the Bon-po sect of Buddhism also co-exists. They dispose off the dead in different ways. Some throw the corpse into the river while others cut the esh into pieces and feed them to the vulture
Dolpa Dunai 7,889 sq. km. East: Mustang and Tibet Autonomous Region of China West: Mugu, Jumla and Jajarkot North: Tibet Autonomous Region of China South: Myagdi Rukum and Jajarkot Bheri, Sangu,Sano Bheri suligah,Jugdulla and Tarap Khola. Major rivers Topography Location Longitude: 82 24-83 38 Latitude: 2848- 29 42 Mild temperat, cool temperate, Alpine. Climate Maximum: 35.4 0 C. Minimum: -3.5 0 C. Temperature 499.4 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Nepali, Sherpa, Maithili, Gurung, Bhojpuri, Limbu. Post Ofce, Wireless Communication Tourist attraction centers Dunai, Kotgaun, Tarakot, Tarpgaun, Rigmagaun, Chharka Bhotgaun, Segumba,Saldang, Yanjer and Kaigaun Dhawalagiri,Churen Himal,Puttha Himchuli, Araniko Chuli, Himalayan Peaks Sonata, Batuli Patan, Thange, Rigma Lakes and Ponds Phoksundo, Jogdulla, Sundaha, Gamakunidaha, Rigma Tal, Putha Tal, Pungma Tal. Accommodation facilities Local Lodge Airways Accessibility Medical facilities Hospital, Health Post, Ayurvedic Center, Clinic
110
Culture and Religion

The Bonpo tribal people (former Buddhist followers) of the area are unique in their cultural and social traditions. They speak Kaike language, which is believed to exist only in Dolpa. Perhaps, impressed by these unique features of Dolpa, the famous lmmaker Eric Velley chose the district for visualizing his Oscar nominated movie/documentary Caravan. He selected Thinle of local Saldang as the main character. Caravan is famous internationally, especially in France and the lm is still shown in cinema halls of major cities of France.
square kilometers of land extending over Dolpa and Mugu districts. The park was established to protect TransHimalayan ecosystem. View from the park includes the Kanjiroba Himal, with many peaks over 6,000 meters as well as the famous Shey monastery, the Phoksundo Lake and the Langu Gorge. The ora of the area includes pine, walnut, willow, oak, poplar, and cypress in the southern parts. In the higher altitudes, blue pine, spruce, juniper and birch predominate. The alpine areas are vegetated by berries, wild rose and caragana. The arid trans-Himalaya mountains and grassy alpine meadows to the north are almost devoid of trees but have caragana and dwarf juniper. The wildlife of Shey Phoksundo include a good population of blue sheep and goral, musk deer, leopard, wild dog, wolf, marmot, weasel, mouse hare, rhesus and langur monkeys. The higher reaches are the haunt of the elusive snow leopard. The adjoining Tibetan region is home to such rare animals such as the great Tibetan sheep, Tibetan wild ass, Tibetan gazelle and antelope, and wild yak. Bird species of the park include the impeyan, blood and cheer pheasant, chough, raven, Tibetan snow cock, Tibetan twit, brown dipper, Himalayan griffon and lammergeier. People of Tibetan descent who follow the pre- Buddhist born religion inhabit the park. Popular villages are Ringmo, Pugmo, Saldang, Karang, Kugun, and Tatgaun. On August full moon day, all Dolpa villagers converge on the Shey (crystal) Mountain in a festival to walk around the holy peak three times in a day. A large portion of the national park is closed to foreign visitors. Trekking permits are needed to visit the areas that are open.
Cultural Attractions
There are about 130 Gumbas of which 25 are major Gumbas including the famed Shey Gumba. Saldang, Dho, Chharka, and Bhijer VDCs have some of the oldest Nyingmapa monasteries in the Himalayan region. Most of the Nyingmapa monasteries of Saldang and Phoksumdo are over 700 years old. Some of the oldest Bon-po monasteries (Yungdung Gumba in Kaigaon, Pumma and Thashun Gumba in Phoksumdo) are in the region. Bon-po faith represents the adaptation of Buddhism in the old indigenous religion of western Tibet. Shen- rab is the supreme teacher in Bon-po. Another aspect of Dolpa culture is the unique trade and transhumance based livelihood strategies of Upper Dolpa exemplied in the lm Caravan. While much of northern Dolpa is the domain of Buddhism, areas in southern Dolpa such as the temple of Bala Tripura Sundari in Tripurakot VDC are revered by both Hindus and Buddhists and large number of devotees come from the surrounding region.
Access
The nearest airstrip is at Juphal, south of the park. Visitors can also y to Jumla from where it is a 10 day hike to the Phoksundo and Shey areas. The best time to visit this park is from April to November.
Shey Phoksundo National Park

Shey is the name of Gumba, Phoksundo is pond. Shey Phoksundo is the Nepals largest park and covers 3,555
MID WESTERN REGION
111
Jumla
Jumla is the district headquarters of Jumla district at a distance of 802 kilometers from Kathmandu. Jumla, on the banks of the Tila River at 2370 metres altitude, is one of the highest rice growing areas in the world. The Tila Valley as well as the Sinja Khola Valley is covered with paddy elds growing the Kala Marsi rice variety, a unique red rice that is sought after for its special taste. The origin of Nepali language is Sinja of Jumla. Therefore, the Nepali dialect Khas Bhasa is still spoken among the people in this region. Jumla has three local names: Chaughan in historical senses, Khalanga as an army garrison of 100 guns and Chhinasim as a local unit. The governors house, revenue building and shops near the Chandannath and Bhairavnath temple and forming the old quarter was located on a terrace on the left bank of the Ju Gad, tributary of the Tila Nadi. On the right bank of the Ju Gad is the new quarter of the town where the high school and the DDC buildings are located. It has a STOL airport and the road network rst reached it from Surkhet in May 2007. It is the usual starting point for treks to Rara Lake. Jumla and Lake Rara Jumla-Rara trek is one of the popular treks in western Nepal. Glimpses of cultures and scenery offered in this trek are quite different from those in the rest of Nepal. Rara, a high altitude lake with brilliantly clear water, ringed with pine spruce and juniper forests and snow capped Himalayan peaks is magnicent.
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary Jumla Jumla 2,531 sq. km. East: Dolpa West: Kalikot North: Mugu South: Jajarkot and Kalikot Tila, Karnali, Singa and Chotra Major rivers Topography Location Longitude: 8150-8237 Latitude: 28 58-29 29 Sub-tropical, Cool-temperate, Alpine. Climate Maximun: 31.0 0 C. Minimum: -8.0 0 C. Temperature 563.3 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Nepali, Jumli, Maithili, Gurung, Limbu, Sherpa, Newari, Bhojpuri, Tamang, Tharu, Magar. Communication Post Ofce, Wireless Khalang Bzzar, Hadsinga, Pandusera Gufa, Dansangu-Dobhan. Tourist attraction centers Accommodation facilities Local Lodge Accessibility Airways Hospital, Health Post, Clinic Medical facilities
112
Kalikot
Manma is the district headquarters of Kalikot district. Some years ago, the district was one of biggest three districts in Midwestern development region of Nepal. Religious and historical temple of Tripura Sundari Devi was in Kalikot, but later transferred to Dolpa district. Kalikot was called Tibrikot in the past. Steep slopes made by rivers are major constraints for economical and infrastructure development of the district. Most people go to Tibet, Nepalgunj or Rajapur for earning. Fruits and peanut grains are major crops of Kalikot.
Kalikot Manma 1,741 sq. km. East: Jumla West: Bajura and Achham North: Mugu and Bajura South: Dailekh and Jajarkot Major rivers Kanali, Tila, RuruBanchu, Chumli Khola, Jatro Gadh and Tibgadh Topography Location Longitude: 8131-82 03 Latitude: 28 57-29 28 Climate Temperate, Cool- temperate, Alpine Temperature Maximum: 18. 6 0 C. Minimum: 5. 7 0 C. 730.0 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Nepali, Jumli, Maithili, Gurung, Limbu, Sherpa, Newari Communication Post Ofce, Wireless Tourist attraction centers Bhatra, Lalu, Manma. Giridaga, Dahathekidaha, Shankhudaha, Bistadaha, Lakes and Ponds Dhaulidaha, Joginidaha Accommodation facilities Local Lodge Accessibility Road connection Hospital, Health Post, Ayurvedic Center, Clinic Medical facilities
MID WESTERN REGION
113
Mugu
Gamgadhi is the district headquarters of Mugu district. It is one of the least developed districts in the country reachable only by helicopter ights or hiking for several days from any highways or populated cities.
Rara Lake
Rara lake is located on the north slope of Ghurchi Lek (4086m.) and conned from the north by another lower ridge of 3,300 meters. Although the lake drains west through a narrow gorge, eastern barrier of the lake is hardly six meters above the lake level and fall of the ground beyond this barrier is more than 1,370 meters steep decline eastwards to the Mugu river so that the lake is virtually perched on a high shelf.
Rara National Park

Situated about 370 kilometers northwest of Kathmandu, Rara is Nepals smallest but most scenic national park. The park is at an altitude of about 3,000 meters forested by conifers. The park was established in 1976 and protects some of the most beautiful alpine and sub-alpine ecosystems of the Himalaya. The tallest hill Chuchemara Danda at 4,087 meters is the best vantage point to get stunning views of the lake, thickly forested hillsides and the snow-capped peaks around it. Other summits in the park area are Ruma Kand (3,731m) and Malika Kand (3,444m), situated to the north of the lake. Rara comes within the catchment area of the Karnali River, one of the three main river systems of Nepal. The habitat supports animals like the red panda, black bear, yellow-throated martin, ghoral, serow, and musk deer. There have also been reported sightings of leopard and wolf. The Lake attracts migrant wildfowl like teals, pochards and mallards. Resident birds include the impeyan, kalij and blood pheasant as well as the others like the chukkor partridge. Such is the profusion of bird life in Rara 114
Mugu Gamgadhi 3,535 sq.km. East: Dolpa Tibet Autonomous Region of China West: Humla and Bajura North: Humla and Tibet Autonomous Region of China South: Jumla and Kalikot Major rivers Mugu, Karnali Longitude: 81 46- 82 49 Topography Location Latitude: 29 22-29 50 Temperate, Cool-temperate, Alpine. Climate Maximum: 30.0 0 C; Minimum: -10.0 0 C Temperature Rainfall 686.3 ml. Predominant language, culture Nepali, Sherpa,Tamang. Communication Post ofce, Wireless Gamgadhi, Gam, Rara, Tourist attraction centers Himalayan Peaks Kanjiroba, Sisne Himal, Patrasi Uttari Chuli, Chhayanath Chuli, Chankheli Lakes and Ponds Raradaha, Rin Mokshayadaha, Chhayanathdaha Accommodation facilities Local Lodge Airways Accessibility Medical facilities Hospital, Health post, Ayurvedic Center, Clinic
but a thorough ornithological study of the area has yet to be conducted. Access The easiest way to get to the Rara is by ying to Jumla from Kathmandu or Nepalgunj, followed by a three day hike to the park ofce at Hutu. The alternative route is to take a bus from Nepalgunj to Surkhet, from where it is a weeks hike to the park. Visitors should travel with camping gear and guides to explore Rara. Basic accomodation is available only at the park ofce. The best time to visit the region is from February to April and in October and November.
MID WESTERN REGION
115
Humla
Simikot is the district headquarters of Humla district at a distance of 440 kilometers from Kathmandu. It is the highest, most remote and most northerly region of Nepal lying on the border with Tibet, the regions main town of Simikot being reachable only on foot or by plane in the absence of paved roads. For the Humlis who visit their main market, Nepalgang, it is a journey of about three weeks. To others, Humla is a mere jingle word appended with Jumla. Humla also provides a pilgrimage passage to Manasarovar and Mt. Kailash Life for the Humli people is challenging, the agricultural season in these High Mountain valleys being short and the winters long and severe, with most of the population living by subsistence farming amid the regions difcult, though extraordinarily beautiful and dramatic terrain. This mountain landscape of high peaks, cut through by green valleys, turbulent rivers and forests of rhododendrons teeming with wildlife, and featuring Hindu and Buddhist temples, shrines and religious sacred places. The Humla natives still speak archaic dialect of Nepali and Tibetan languages.
Humla Simikot 5655 sq. km. East: Mugu and Tibet Autonomous Region of China West: Bajura, Bajhang and Tibet Autonomous Region of China North: Tibet Autonomous Region of China South: Mugu, Bajhang and Bajura Major rivers Humla, Karnali, Tin Khola, Takche, Chyangle, Chala, Chungsa, Tangin, Tanke, Kwadi. Topography Location Longitude: 81 14- 8229 Latitude: 29 35-3026 Climate Temperate, Cool-temperate Alpine. Temperature Maximum: 25.6 0 C Minimum: -17.0 0 C 686.3 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Nepali, Tamang, Sherpa, Maithili, Bhojpuri, Gurung. Communication Post Ofce, Wireless Simikot, Darma, Limi, Reling, Kharpunath. Tourist attraction centers Himalayan Peaks Nalkankad, Saipal, Chalang, Tankha,Changla. Lakes and Ponds Jadya Daha, Selim, Lade, Nilapani. Accommodation facilities Local Lodge Airways Accessibility Medical facilities Hospital, Health Post, Clinic
116
FAR WESTERN REGION
FAR WESTERN REGION
117
118
Bajura
Martadi is the district headquarters of Bajura district at a distance of 950 kilometers from Kathmandu. The name Martadi was derived from Martanda Rishi. The important religious temples such as Badimalika and Kailashmandu could become important tourist attractions. The major ethnic groups in this district include Chhetri, Thakuri, Brahmin, Kami, Damai, Sarki, Kumal and Chunar. Polyandry tradition exists among Bhotia and Sauka communities. Locals worship in Jijulekand and Badimalika temples. Shamanism has great inuence. Major festivals of Bajura are Dasain, Tihar, Fagu, Daval Jatra and Sain Kande Jatra. Bajureli Deuda and Bhuwa dances are very popular in the region for their uniqueness.
Bajura Martadi 2188 sq. km. East: Humla, Mugu and Kalikot West: Bajhang and Achham North: Humla and Bajhang South: Kalikot and Achham Budhi Ganga, Karnali, Kawadi, Kunna Major rivers Topography Location Longitude: 81 13- 81 46 Latitude: 29 17-29 55 Sub-tropical, Temperate, Cool-temperate, Alpine Climate Maximum: 36.0 0 C. Minimum: 1.0 0 C. Temperature 1343.0 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Nepali, Maithili, Limbu, Sherpa, Gurung, Tamang, Bhojpuri Post Ofce, Wireless Communication Tourist attraction centers Martadi, Tante, Malika, Nateswari, Chededaha, Khaptad Lake Saipal Himalayan Peaks Accommodation facilities Local Lodge Road connections Accessibility Medical facilities Hospital, Health Post, Ayurvedic Center, Clinics
FAR WESTERN REGION
119
Bajhang
Chainpur is the district headquarters of Bajhang district at a distance of 660 kilometers from Kathmandu. It is one of the beautiful places with snowy mountains like Saipal Himal (7031m), Sankhamala Himal, Lama Peak, Ramkot Danda along Seti River valley. High land animals like Himalayan black bear, wolf, hispid hare, blue sheep, barking deer, snow leopard etc. and the high country birds like raven, vulture, hawk, Himalayan munal, pheasant etc dwell in ever green nice temperate and alpine forests. The society in lower part is mainly Hindus and the upper part is inuenced by the Tibetan culture. Ramkot provides spectacular views of Surmalekh, Urailekh, Saipal, Gorakh, Kanti and Kanjirowa Himalayan ranges to the west, north and east and beautiful meandering Seti River valley with settlements of the people, garlands of mountain- horizons to the south. The trail to Ramkot from Talkot Dhuli along the river valley is pleasant. Birds and insects, primitive life style of the people, huts and thatched roof houses decorated by colorful clay are common sights. The formation of the mountains can be the subject of study for the geologists. There is the way to Kailash and Man Sarovar in Tibet passing through the Chanwa Urailekh via Seti River valley. Upper Bajhang lies in restricted area, permit can be obtained from the Department of Immigration and a group of at least 2 people is required to do the hike.
Bajhang Chainpur 3422 sq.km. East: Bajura and Humla West: Baitadi and Darchula North: Humla and Tibet Autonomous Region of China South: Doti, Baitadi and Achham Seti, Kailigad, Mormi, Sunigad, Dilgad Major rivers Topography Location Longitude: 80; 46- 81 34 Latitude: 29 29-30 01 Sub-tropical, Temperate, Alpine. Climate Maximum: 35.5 0 C Minimum: 0.5 0 C. Temperature 1343.9 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Nepali, Bhojpuri, Gurung, Maithili, Sherpa, Limbu Post Ofce, Wireless, Telephone Communication Tourist attraction centers Chainpur, Jayaprithivinagar, Surama Sarowar, Thalhawa Saipal Nampha, Bankialekh, Kapkot, Khyurikhola Himalayan Peaks Lakes and Ponds Shurma sarowar, Nilkhati, Kund, Khapar, Dhaha, Hila Daha, Raksya Tal Local Lodge Accommodation facilities Accessibility Road connections, Airways Medical facilities Hospital, Health Center, Health Post, Ayurvedic Center
Khaptad National Park

Khaptad National Park, covering 225 square kilometers of land is located at the cross point of Bajahang, Doti and Achham districts of Seti zone in the far western region of Nepal. 120
Khaptad is an isolated massif with the highest point at an altitude of3,300 meters above the sea level. Top is a rolling plateau of extensive grassland interspersed with oak and coniferous forests, shrubberies and buggy areas. The slopes of the massif are thickly vegetated with broad leaved and coniferous forests and bamboo stands. The park covers unique ecosystem of the mid-hill region of far western Nepal. The core area of Khaptad is of religious signicance. Khaptad is of importance for nature conservation mainly because of the wide variety and high quality of its forest. Khaptad area covers various climatic zones, such as sub tropical, sub alpine, upper temperate, lower temperate with different types of ora and fauna. During the eld visits, about 270 types of birds, 20 shrubs, 30different plants, 50 herbs, 20 butteries and types of wild animals were recorded. A meditation area, including religious places and the Ashram (Hermitage) of Khaptad Swami, a renowned spiritual saint, is located in the central part of the park. The park also includes the important religious places like Trebeni, Shahashra Linga, Khaptad Daha (Lake) and Ganesh Temple. Alcohol, cigarettes and tobacco, violence and killings are strictly prohibited in these religious sites. Khapatad Babas Hermitage is about 20 minutes walking distance from both park headquarters and the army barrack. It is surrounded by dense forest. The hermitage provides a beautiful mountain view on the north. Trebeni, conuence of 3 rivers is about 20 minutes walk from the park headquaters. On full moon day of Jestha (April/May) a fair called Ganga Dashahara is held at Trebeni and thousands of people congregate here. There are numerous temples in the Tribeni area, of which the Shiva temple being the most important one.
Ganesh temple is one and half hours walk from the park headquarters. At the time of Ganga Dushahara Mela, a great multitude of devotees come to offer worship at the temple. Khaptad Daha (lake) lies at an altitude of 3,050 meters. It is an hours walk down the park headquarters. On the full moon day of Bhadra (August/September) a fair is held here. Shahashra Linga is the highest point (3,300m) of Khaptad; 2-hour walk from the park. Suki Daha is a small lake, located at about a days walk away from park headquarters. An alpine grass slope without trees is called Patan. A Patan area has only owers and grass and medicinal plants. According to local people there are 22 Patans within the Khapatad National Park. Nagdhunga the stone with the serpentine shape is a religious place. It is one and half hours walk from the park. Likewise Kedardhunga is located close to Trebeni. It is the religious place dedicated to Kedarnath, a Hindu God. Khapatad provides a beautiful view of snow peaks to the north. These are Saipal, Api-Nampa and Surma Sarovor. Similarly, on the east Shankhamala peaks are seen from Lokhada, the parks entrance point from Bajhang side. Sometimes Malika and Badi Malaka peaks are also seen from Lodkhada. The best seasons to visit this place are April to July and October to November. Khaptad Baba once kept weather records of the whole year and only 28 days saw fair weather out of 365 days.
FAR WESTERN REGION
121
Achham
Mangalsen is the district headquarters of Achham district at a distance of 930 kilometers from Kathmandu. It is eight hours walk from Sanfebagar - a town in Achham sporting a domestic airport. A seasonal road exists from Sanfebagar to Mangalsen but is often closed during monsoon season. A bridge is under construction across Budhi Ganga River in Sanfebagar which will allow vehicles to cross the river during high-ood season. Major ethinic groups in the district are Chhetris. These include Kunwar, Swanr, Rawal, bogati, Khati, Rokka, Khatri, kathayat, Bhandari, bista, Batala, Saud, Dhami, Bohara, and Thakulla. The Brahmins include Devkota Bajagain, Dhungana, Regmi, Joshi, Rijal, Bhattarai, Bista, dhakal and Mundbhari. Cultural heritage of this district are similar to that of doti in this district the dances performed in festivals include Narsing, Jhayali, deuda and ChhotiNachney. There are several important religious places along the bank of Holi River Budiganga, including conuence of Budiganga and Saraswati. These places described in the Skanda Puran and present important scope for religious tourism development.
Achham Mangalsen 1680 sq.km. East: Dailekh and Kalikot West: Doti North: Bajura and Bajhang South: Surkhet and Dailekh Major rivers Karnali Budhi Ganga, Seti, Malagad, Kailash Khola Topography Location Longitude: 81 07- 81 38 Latitude: 28 41-29 21 Climate Sub- tropical, Mil- temperate, Cool- temperate Temperature Maximum: 30.0 C. Minimum: 1.0 0 C. 1790.8 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Nepali, Gurung Maithili, Limbu, Bhojpuri, Tamang Post Ofce, Wireless, Telephone Communication Tourist attraction centers Mangalsen, Jayagadh, Gajara, Ramaroshan Local Lodge Accommodation facilities Accessibility Road Connection Medical facilities Hospital, Health Post, Ayurvedic Center, Clinic
122
Doti
Dipayal is the district headquarters of Doti district at a distance of 825 kilometers from Kathmandu. Silgadhi Bazar, which is a historical town, is the main business center of far west Nepal. It has a pleasant weather and beautiful views of mountains, valleys and rivers. The former Doti Kingdom included not only Doti district; it was expanded up to Achham, Bajhang, Bajura, Dadeldhura, Baitadi, Kailali, Kanchanpur, Darchula, extending as far as Dehradun and Kumaun Garwal. Doti was the capital of that kingdom. History of Doti kingdom is little known. The story of Deuki practice dominates the tradition of the region. Deuki tradition, basically, is practiced not in proper Doti but nearby districts including Dadeldhura, Baitadi and Darchula. During the reign of King Nagi Malla in the 17th century, western Nepal was in ruin. Natural calamities, drought and cholera consumed his Kingdom. The priests predicted that relief would come if the king offered his daughter to the temple of Bhageshwor Mahadev. Housing facilities were immediately prepared, and the princess began her life with the Gods. When the difculties in the kingdom were eased, a new tradition was born, that has grossly degenerated and now mars the image of cultural purity that Nepal would proudly claim. The tradition of far western region in Nepal is mainly women domination during the period of menstruation to live in small huts known as Chhaupadi. However, the tradition is in diminishing trends. Saileswori Temple Saileswori is one of the most famous religious stops in the region. The temple of Goddess Saileswori comprises temples of Ganesh and Masto. 123
Name of district Headquarters Bazar Area Political Boundary Doti Dipayal 2025 sq.km. East: Achham West: Dadeldhura and Baitadi North: Bajhang and Baitadi South: Kailali, Dadeldhura and Surkhet Seti, Budhi Ganga, Karnali, Thuligad Major rivers Topography Location Longitude: 80 34-81 12 Latitude: 28 56-29 24 Sub- tropical, Cool- temperate, Alpine. Climate Maximun: 33.7 C. Minmum: 3.0 0 C. Temperature Rainfall 860.8 ml. Predominant language, culture Nepali, Newari, Gurung, Bhijpuri, Mathili, Limbu, Sherpa, Abadhi, Tamang Communication Post Ofce, Wireless, Telephone Tourist attraction centers Silgadhi, Khaptad Lake, Malikasthan, Jarayal, Dipayal Lakes and Ponds Khaptaddaha Bhelchhada, Jorpani Waterfalls Accommodation facilities Hotel Lodge Accessibility Road connection, Airways Medical facilities Hospital, Health Post, Ayurvedic Center, Clinic
FAR WESTERN REGION
Kailali
Dhangadhi is the district headquarters of Kailali district at a distance of 665 kilometers from Kathmandu. The district was returned to Nepal from East India Company in 1860 AD. Hansuliya VDC in Kailali is a village where a fort was located between 1968 and 1978. The district got its name from the fort. The growth of town owed much to the extension of railway up to Gauri Phanta across the border originally for timber transport. Most part of the district lies in Tarai belt varying the altitude of 179m to 1,957 m. . Most people are Tharus. Agronomy is the base of economy, where Karnali, Mohana, Patheraiya, Kada Kamara, Surmi Rivers provides water for cultivation of the land. Dhangadhi is the prime commercial hub. Dhangadhi-Dadeldhura Highway would become the backbone for the development of Kailali.
Kailali Dhangadi 3235 sq.km. East: Bardiya and Surkhet West: Kanchanpur and Dadeldhura North: Surkhet and Doti South: Uttar Pradesh of India Karnali, Mohana, Pothraiya, Karrha, Kanara Major rivers Topography Location Longitude: 8027- 8113 Latitude: 28 27- 29 01 Sub- tropical, Temperate. Cool- temperste. Climate Mzaimum: 41.0 0 C Minimum: 3.2 0 C. Temperature 1577 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Tharu, Nepali, Sherpa, Abadhi, Newari, Maithili, Bhojpuri, Magar, Tamang, Gurung, Limbu Rajbansi, Danuwar Communication Post ofce, Wireless, telephone Dhangadhi, Lalpurbari, Chaumala, Hansulia Tourist attraction centers Bhajanai Malkheti, Tikapur Lakes and Ponds Shyarpudaha, Kamal Pokhari Hotel Lodge Accommodation facilities Accessibility Road connection Medical facilities Hospital, health post, Health Center, Ayurvedic Center and Clinic
124
Kanchanpur
Mahendranagar is the district headquarters of Kanchanpur district at a distance of 694 kilometers from Kathmandu. It is Nepals farthest weatern district in the Tarai and shares its southern and northen borders with India. Its population is one of the fastest growing in the country, mainly due to migration from the northen hills and partly also to the inux of the Tharus from adjoining districts to the east. These Tharus have since been running away from the pressure of the hill migrants in those districts. Forest covers some 54 percent of its area including 311 sq. km under a Wildlife Reserve. Over 36 percent land is under cultivation and 20 percent of it is irrigated. Shuklaphanta Reserve This wildlife reserve is situated in the extreme southwest of Nepal, along the eastern bend of the Mahakali River. There are series of large and small grasslands fringed by forest made up primarily of sal. The name of the park is derived from the largest of this grassland which is known as Sukla Phanta. The park area of 155 square kilometers was originally the hunting grounds for the one-time Rana rulers of Nepal. Sukla Phantas grassland is one of the last remaining habitat for endangered animals such as hispid hare and the pygmy hog. Besides these, Sukla Phanta is the stronghold for another endangered animal, the Barasingha, or swamp deer. The grassy conditions seem to be ideal for the large deer and their number has been dramatically increased to more than 2,000 in recent times. Other wildlife of the park includes spotted deer, also seen in large numbers, hog deer, nilgai, wild dog, jackal, porcupine and otter. The park and the adjoining
Kanchanpur Mahendanagar 1610 sq.km. East: Kailali West: Uttaranchal Pradesh of India North: Daleldhura South: Uttaranchal Pradesh of India Mahakali, Mohana, Syauli, Chaughar, Wahamani, Dhanda, Major rivers Chandar Topography Location Longitude: 80 06- 80 35 Latitude: 28 35-29 04 Climate Tropical, Sub-tropial. Maximum: 41.2 0 C. Minimum: 2.2 0 C. Temperature Rainfall 1422.7 ml. Predominant language, culture Nepali, Tharu, Abadhi, Gurung, Maithili, Newari, Sherpa, Bhojpuri, Limbu,Sunuwar Communication Post Ofce, Wireless Mahendranagar, Belauri, Singhapur Tourist attraction centers Lakes and Ponds Rani Tal Local Lodge Accommodation facilities Accessibility Road Connection, Airways Medical facilities Hospital, Health Post, Clinic
FAR WESTERN REGION
125
forest is the territory of small number of tigers which because of open terrain are not uncommon to sight on the prowl. Wild elephants were also sighted in park. According to local villagers, they are attracted by the rice crops during the monsoon season. Rani Tal, a small lake, attracts birds and animals alike. Herons, ducks, storks, kingsher and egrets vie for food and swamp deer wallow at the edges. One can watch thousands of water fowl mingling on the lake surface while it is not uncommon to see hundreds of swamp deer grazing at the water-edge in the evening light. The experience is unique. Karnali, part of the Bardiya Reserve, located on the eastern bank of the Karnali River, is a sanctuary for the endangered swamp deer. Tiger Tops runs Karnali Tent Camp, with accommodation for up to 16 guests. Shukla Phanta in Kanchanpur district, in the westernmost reaches of Nepal, is one of the few places in the country where the endangered blackbuck is found. Other ways to view wildlife in the park is by driving in land rovers near the lake and river, and on nature walks with trained trackers. Accommodation and outing are best prearranged through agents in Kathmandu. Visitors should travel with tents, food and transport.
Mahendranagar Mahendranagar, about 270 meters about sea level, is a new settlement in the middle of a forest with the foothills visible to the north. The place was rst cleared in 1962 when the district headquarters was shifted here from Belauri on the southern border. The main east-west street is lined up by a group of new houses made from plentiful timber. There are about two dozen shops. Apart from the hataru (marketer) from Dadeldhura, Doti and Baitadi, the place is already swarmed with squatters from the hills. The place has easy link with Tanakpur railhead, about an hours walk to the west. It is one of the major commercial places in the region. Moreover, as the zonal headquarters with 29 government ofces, Mahendranagar claims primacy in managing the affairs of the entire Mahakali Zone that extends as far as 154 kilometers to the north. Dhami Pratha The Dhami partha is common in the region and decision made by the dhami is accepted by the people as a word from god.
126
Dadeldhura
Dadeldhura Bazar is the district headquarters of Dadeldhura district at a distance of 765 kilometers from Kathmandu. It lies in inner Tarai and mountainous hillocks. The region has a desert-mountainous landscape that contains many local religious temples. The district contains local routes to Mt Kailaish in Tibet, Ra Ra Lake in Humla district and the last remaining remnants of the Far Western Malla Kingdom. Nagi Malla was the last royal to live here before Nepalese unication. The spoken language is Dotyalli and the majority of inhabitants are Hindu. The district is entirely rural, and has yet to be modernized. Economy is based on agriculture. Women population is higher than of men. Opening of DhanagadhiDadeldhura Highway added some opportunities for income to the people.
Dadeldhura Dadeldhura Bazar 1538 sq. km. East: Doti and Kailali West: Uttaranchal Pradesh of India North: Baitadi South: Kanchanpur. Mahakali, Seti, Roongon, Surnayagad Major rivers Topography Location Longitude: 80 12- 80 44 Latitude: 29 0-29 24 Sub- tropical, Mild- temperate, Cooltemperate Climate Maximum: 29. 0 C. Minimum: 0.2 0 C. Temperature 1242 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Nepali Abadhi, Maithili, Gurung, Sherpa, Bhojpuri, Limbu Post ofce, Wireless Communication Tourist attraction centers Khalanga, Jogbudha, Kesharpur Local Lodge Accommodation facilities Accessibility Road Connection Hospital, Health Post, Ayurvedic Center, Clinic Medical facilities
FAR WESTERN REGION
127
Baitadi
Baitadi is the district headquarters of Baitadi district at a distance of 849 kilometers from Kathmandu. Baitadi Bazaar is locally known as Garhi (fort). The place is located on the southern slopes of Shahi Lekh (1,611m). Settlement is crowded along a narrow street. There are some government ofces and about two dozen shops with a small park dedicated to martyr Dasarath Chand. The commercial activity is very minimal, compared to the nearby Pithoragarh, about 7 kilometers west across the border in India. It is, however, on the main trail from Jhulaghat part of Dadeldhura, Doti and Bajhang. Jhulaghat is an important trade outlet for some of the far western districts.
Baitadi Baitadi 1519 sq.km. East: Doti and Bajhang West: Uttaranchal Pradesh of India North: Darchula and Bajhang South: Dhadeldhura and Uttaranchal Pradesh of India Mahakali, Chaulane, Surnaya Major rivers Topography Location Longitude: 8022- 8050 Latitude: 2919- 2940 Tropical, Temperate,Mild temperate, Alpine Climate Maximum: 32.4 0 C Minimum: 0.5 0 C Temperature 1242.5 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Nepali, Maithili, Sherpa, Gurung, Satar Post Ofce, Wireless, Telephone Communication Tourist attraction centers Khalanga Bazaar, Shahi lekh, Gothalapani, Sera Gaun, Patan, Jhulaghat, Patal Bhumeswar Bankaiya Lek Himalayan Peaks Accommodation facilities Local Lodges Road connection, Airways Accessibility Medical facilities Hospital, Health Post, Ayurvedic Centers, Clinics
128
Darchula
Darchula Khalanga is the district headquarters of Darchula district at a distance of 955 kilometers from Kathmandu. It is situated between two district borders connected with China and India. In ancient time Hermit Byas cooked rice on the top of two hillocks (peaks). Dhar literally means edge in Nepali and Chula means re place, thus, the district derives its name today. Legends say that in ancient time Hermit Byas cooked rice on the top of two peaks. Himalayan peaks to look include Byas Rishi Himal. Other connotation connects with the Tibetan word La which means hilly bye pass, from where people used to go to Tibet. Agriculture is the basis of economy. Residents nearby Byas Himal and are called Byasi or Sauka.
Darchula Darchula Khalanga 2322 sq. km. East: Bajhang and Tibet Autonomous Region of China West: Uttaranchal Pradesh of India North: Tibet Autonomous Region of China South: Baitadi and Bajhang Mahakali, Chaulane, Tinkar, Numpa, Kalagad Major rivers Topography Location Longitude: 80 26-81 03 Latitude: 29 40-30 12 Tropical, Sub- tropical,Cool temperate, Mild,temperate, Alpine Climate Maximum: 36.0 C Minimum: 2.0 0 C. Temperature 14.33.8 ml. Rainfall Predominant language, culture Nepali, Maithili, Sherpa, Gurung, Limbu, Satar Post Ofce, Wireless Communication Tourist attraction centers Khalang, Tapoban, Gokuleswar, Tinkar, Jaljibi Api Himal, Byas Rishi, Nampa Himal, Jaskar Himal Himalayan Peaks Accommodation facilities Local Lodge Road connections Accessibility Medical facilities Hospital, Health Post, Clinic
FAR WESTERN REGION
129
130
FAR WESTERN REGION
131
132
Nepal - An Overview
Land of lofty Himalayas and deep valleys, fertile Tarai and green hills, stumbling rivers and lakes, tropical heat and piercing chill dense forest and vast grass lands, dazzling sunshine and dark caves, torrential rain and prickly sun, colorful merry festivals and calm severe meditation, Nepal is the country of extremes. Most diverse contrasts are found in the small stripe of land with the small stripe of land with the average length of 1425 kilometers and average width of 310 kilometers. A few kilometers north of the lush green Tarai and the tropical forests, there are beautiful green hills and a few kilometers north there are mighty, majestic and lofty Himalayas, the abode of snow. One need not travel much to face different climatic mixture. This, as a whole creates the most congenial environment for bio-diversity. As a result, the most beautiful birds of the world, the majestic tigers mighty elephants, trundling rhinos, death emitting cobras, rare musk deer, snow leopards, Himalayan panda and many other species co-exist with the amazingly large number of plants varieties. Populated by the people of more than 61 ethnic groups (presently 59) united by the norms and values of the country, the people are famous for their hospitality with the unforgettable greeting of NAMASTE. Different ages stand face in the form of the historians; towering mountains tempt the mountaineers, trekkers and sightseers and thrill the adventurous; tumbling and rushing rivers challenge the rafters; biodiversity attract researchers and common people alike; ethnic, social and culture structures attract those interested in the human affairs; tranquility of the country as a whole captivates those who meditate in peace. In short, Nepal has something or the other to offer to everyone.
Location and area

Stretched east to west in the southern slopes of the Himalayas, Nepal is a small landlocked country located between 26 22` and 30 27` North latitude and 80 4` and 88 12` East longitude. Shaped almost like a rectangle, it borders with Peoples Republic of China in the north and India in the east, west and south. Average length of the country is 885 kilometers east-west and average width is 193 kilometers north-south. It has an area of 147,181 square kilometers. The country can be tentatively divided into three geographical regions running east to west. They are: The Himalayan region The Mountain Region and The Tarai Region The Himalayan Region This region covers the mountain range whose altitude is 4,877 meters to 8848 meters above the sea-level. Along with Sagarmatha (Mt. Everest), the region includes eight of the 14 peaks of the world which exceed the altitude of 8,000 meters. They are (a) Mount Everest (8848mt.), (b) Kanchenjungha (8586mt.), (c) Lhotse (8516mt.), (d) Makalu (8463mt.), (e) Cho Oyu (8201mt.), (f) Dhaulagiri (8167mt.) (g) Manaslu (8163mt.) and (h) Annapurna 1 (8091mt.) With sparse human habitation, most of the areas have a wild landscape, undisturbed tranquility of the nature rules over the land.
NEPAL - AN OVERVIEW
133
Mountain Region This area lies between 610m to 4,877m above the sea-level and accounts for nearly 64 percent of total land area of the country. Along with the Mahabharat and Churia Mountain ranges, this region has many longitudinal fertile valleys of the principal rivers. Kathmandu valley is also situated in this very area. This broad hill complex region is extensively cultivated and has been the area of traditional Nepalese settlement since long back in history. Tarai Region This region forms a low at land belt and includes the most fertile land and dense forest areas of the country. It accounts for 17 percent of the total land area of the country; it has the width of 26 to 32 kilometers and its altitude does not exceed 305 meters above the sea level.
of the excellence in art and architecture during that period. In addition, a famous Malla King Jayasthity Malla introduced some social systems and practices, which were re-formative of that time. However, after the death of Yakshaya Malla, the country was divided, followed by a state of anarchy that paved the way for its eventful unication by King Prithivi Naryan Shah, the Great, of Gorkha. After Prithivi Naryan Shah ascended the throne of Gorkha, events in the history took a different turn. He conquered various warring principalities and laid the foundation of modern Nepal. Around 1767 AD he was reigning over the territories which more or less constitute the boundaries of present Nepal. After Prithivi Naryan Shah, the campaign of unication was given continuity by his younger son Bahadur Shah and was launched once again by the Prime Minister Bhimsen Thapa. However, the expansion came to a halt when Nepal came into conict with British India Company and signed the treaty of Sugauli in March 1816 AD. Another crucial chapter of history began after the emergence of Janga Bahadur Rana to power in 1846 AD. He established himself as the most powerful Prime Minister of the country or as a de-facto ruler and made the Prime Ministership as hereditary. Till today, his descendents write their surname as JBR. The revolution of 1950 brought an end to the autocratic Rana regime and democratic system was introduced. Multiparty parliamentary system was practiced for some years but the system came to an end when King Mahendra imposed party-less Panchayat system in 1960 AD. The democratic movement of 1990 reinstated the multi party democratic constitution in the country on Nov 9, 1990. Now Nepal is a stalwart of global peace and disbarments. Nepal is a member of the UNO and the founder member of South Asian Association of Regional Cooperation (SAARC). Nepal has been declared as Federal Democratic Republic by the First Consitutional Assembly on 28th May, 2008.
Climate and Rainfall

Nepals weather is generally predictable and pleasant. There are four climatic seasons: MarchMay (spring), JuneAugust (summer), SeptemberNovember (autumn) and DecemberFebruary (winter). The monsoon is approximately from the end of June to the middle of September. About 80 per cent of the rain falls during that period, so the remainder of the year is dry. Spring and autumn are the most pleasant seasons; winter temperatures drop to freezing with a high level of snowfall in the mountains. Summer and late spring temperatures range from 28C in the hill regions to more than 40C in the Tarai. In winter, average maximum and minimum temperatures in the Tarai range from a brisk 7C to a mild 23C. The central valleys experience a minimum temperature often falling bellow freezing point and a chilly 12C maximum. Much colder temperatures prevail at higher elevations. The Kathmandu Valley, at an altitude of 1310m, has a mild climate, ranging from 19-27C in summer, and 0-20C in winter.
Historical Sketch
Though the history of Nepal as a modern nation is of recent past, the history of its people goes far back in ancient time. In this sense Nepal has a long and a glorious history. In fact it can be traced back to thousands of years before the birth of Christ. However, scientically reliable documents that are available now date back only to the 5th century AD when the Lichhavis ruled over the kingdom. We have to be content with various legends about the earlier periods until more authentic documents are found. Legends say that the very rst dynasty to rule the valley of Kathmandu was Gopala dynasty ousted by the Abhiras who, in turn, were chased away by the Kiratas; then came the rulers of Lichhavi dynasty, improving the economy and making great contributions for the development of the art of building temples, images and places. Remains of temples, palaces and images of the period were found scattered in the valley of Kathmandu and some of them are renovated. After the Lichhavi period, another important era in Nepalese history is the Malla dynasty, that came to the power in around 13th century AD. Innumerable temples, palaces, idols and carvings that are preserved in the valley, speak 134
The people
Nepals population of about 25 million is ethnically complex. According to the Census taken by the Central Bureau of Statistics states that there are 61 (presently 59) ethnic groups of people speaking different languages. However, most of the ethnic groups can be broadly divided into two groups: Indo-Aryans or Indo- Nepalese and Tibeto Mongolians or Tibeto Nepalese. Historically, the people of the former group entered the territory of Nepal during the period of Muslims conquest in the Indian sub-continental and the latter came to Nepal across the Himalayas passes from the North and they inhabited the Himalayan valleys and slopes. The Rais, Limbus, Gurung and Tamang, who belong to the later group make-up the well-known troops of the Gurkhas. There are some other relativity smaller ethnic groups which are the aboriginals of the country. They are Austric and Dravidan. In addition, there are many nomadic tribes in the hills and Tarai who have now submitted to the agrarian system. Nepalese people are friendly, kind and hospitable irrespective of the differences in the religion faith, ethnicity and culture.
135
136
Language
Nepali is the ofcial language and the major lingua franca. However, many other languages are spoken in the country. For the majority of the population, Nepali is the mother tongue and Maithali, Bhojpuri, Tamang and Newari follow it. In addition to these languages, many other languages and dialects are spoken in the country.
Religion
Religious structure of Nepal has a unique place in the world. All the sects co-exist with universal brotherhood. This is manifested in the act of worshiping common deities and celebrating festivals belonging to different religious groups. Hindus and Buddhists visiting the same places of pilgrimage is not rare sight in Nepal. This serves as a ne example of fellow feeling. Religion is one of the factors that determine the way of the life. Religion has great signicance in Nepal because it is the motivating force behind many activities of the Nepalese people. Religious philosophies and religious practice in Nepal are unique in the world. Tolerance in religion is one of the most remarkable features of Nepali culture. Nepal never witnessed religious riots. Although Nepal is a small country, almost all the inuential religions of the world exist here. However Hinduism was the state religion of the country and was known as the only Hindu kingdom of the world until recently. Overwhelming majority of the population is Hindu and Buddhism and Islam come in the second and third position respectively. Apart from these, other major religions are followed by different ethnic groups. Most of those sects however, have the form of animism. They believe in a host of spirits or supernatural beings, which are worshiped by those members of the community who are considered to have the power and skill for offering worships. Persons having the art of communicating with the supernatural beings are held in the respect in the ethnic communities. Such communities, however, do not make attempts to be different from the Hindus nor do the Hindus try to prove them non-Hindus. In fact, majority of the members of such communities takes part in the Hindu rituals and rites in one way or the other. The followers of Hinduism can be roughly divided into three groups. They are: the Nepali speaking Hindus of the hills, the Maithili, Bhojpuri and Awadhi speaking groups of the Tarai and the Newars of Kathmandu. They all differ in customary practices; however, they have indisputable arrangement as regard to broader philosophical aspects of the religion. Such philosophical aspects are sustained by Vedas and Puranas (religious scriptures). Historians fail to give the exact date of the beginning of the Hindu religion in Nepal. However, there is a common belief that the Hindu penetration began right from the period when Vedas and Purans were composed in India. When we
see the earliest historically known period of Nepal we nd both the religions, Hinduism and Buddhism, to be equally strong and inuential. Historical records of the Lichhchavi period show that Hindu rites and rituals were performed with the Brahmans well veered in Vedas and Purans. Those Brahmans do not seem to be different from the Brahmans of Gupta period in India. This Brahminic tradition was again strengthened by Jayasthiti Malla during the Malla period. Many religious acts are performed in the guidance of Parbate and Newar Brahmans even to this date. They had, and still have in many cases the unchallenged monopoly in the elds of astrology and medicine as well. Buddhism is another important religion of the country. As we have mentioned earlier, this Himalayan country preserved the religion when it was in the verge of extinction in India. However, Buddhism took a different turn when it got changed as a result of the contact with Hinduism (all the changes may not have resulted from the contact). The main changes are: the loss of monastic order and the installation of the common deities and the celebration of many festivals in collaboration with the Hinduism. From the earliest known historical time in the Lichhavi period, Buddhism in Nepal had been Mahayanistic in its philosophical doctrines and theistic practices. The ultimate goal of Mahayana is the salvation of the entire world through the attainment of Buddhahood. The other branch, Hinayana, on the other hand seeks the personal salvation. Mahayana is backed by the Madhyamika philosophy of Sunyata. This philosophy postulates the idea that they entire phenomenal world is a void. Another branch, Vajrayana is the later development. Indrabhuti was the beginner of this sect. He reinterpreted the concept of void postulating the idea that the void changes into the experience of the eternal consciousness after the attainment of enlightenment. According to him, to experience Sunyata in this manner is to follow the adamantine path or adamantine vehicle. The principal treaties of Vajrayana, whose symbol is Vajra or thunderbolt, are Guhyasamaj and Manjusri Mulkapala. These treaties give account of the basis of the various aspects of the religious sect. Furthermore, they describe the original Tathagata (Adi Buddha or primordial Buddha), ve Dhyani Buddhas and the whole range of Vajrayana pantheon. The latest phase of the development of Buddhism is dominated by tantras. The tantras do not depart from the basic principles of Buddhism but they emphasize the possibility of the attainment of Buddha hood through the performance of different rituals. According to this sect there is a procedure on the way to the attainment of Buddha hood. The procedure includes the recitation of mantras (syllables considered to have mystical and magical power), the display of mudras (hand gestures considered to have cosmic signicance), and the use of Mandalas (ritual diagrams depicting the positions of the cosmic bodies and deities). Various tantric treaties are composed making one or the other deity center of the cosmic bodies. However, the 137
NEPAL - AN OVERVIEW
chief goal presented by the treaties of all the types is the attainment of Buddha hood. Practice of tantras seems to be mystic. Only those with special training can conduct such practices. The most interesting thing about such practices in that the practitioners meditate supposedly in the form of Buddha for the attainment of Buddhahood. Along with practices include the mode of Panchamakar, the ve Ms representing Mamsa(the animal esh), Matsya (esh) Madira (liquor), Mudra (dance like gestures) and Maithuna (coition). The religions described above are not the only religions of Nepal. Other various sects do exist in Nepal because the ethnic structure of the country is really complex and there is greater degree of diversity as regard to religious beliefs. We have to be aware of this aspect of Nepali religions in spite of the fact that almost all the ethnic group of Nepal are under the inuence of one or the other major religions described above. The study of religions is complete only when it is conducted in religion with the ethnic structure. Some of the ethnic groups will be described later.
of Muslim invaders pouring down from central Asia into northern India in the 13th century. Many Buddhists scholars and preachers ed to the safe territories of Nepal and continued their religious practices. The countrys remoteness made it a safe heaven. Buddhism in Nepal, however, lost its monastic form in the traces of the Buddhism India of the historic time. Pagoda style that was replaced by other styles in India was still used in building temples in Nepal in the 17th century A.D. Another salient feature we have mentioned earlier is the harmony in diversity. What we now call Nepali culture is the combination of most diverse of cultures and traditions. The most remarkable thing about the combination is that it has not brought any type of discordance, rather great forces of synthesis. Hinduism can be taken as a good example of such process. Deities such as Ganesh (described by the Hindu scriptures as the elephant headed son of Lord Shiva and Parvati), Bhairava (the Hindu deity representing Lord Shivas destructive force), Kumari (the living Goddess), Saraswoti (the Hindu Goddess of learning and all the arts), Vajrajogini and Mahakali are worshiped by the Hindus and Buddhists. The same thing applies to many religious rituals. They have now lost the sectarian distinctiveness. For example, practitioners of both the religious take part in Machhendranath Rath Jatra, the chariot procession of Machhenranath is worshipped by the Buddhists as Bodhisatwa Aryavalokiteswora Padmini and as Gorakhnaths preceptor Machhendranath by the Hindus. Another signicant thing about Nepali culture is the amalgamation of Tibetan and Indian culture in Nepal. Such amalgamation is the result of the intermediary position occupied by Nepal in the historic times. The passes of Kyrong and Kuti to the northwest and north east of the valley of Kathmandu had been the easiest routes to Tibet since the ancient times. The merchants and the cultural entrepreneurs of Nepal, Tibet and India used the routes regularly until 1907 A.D. Some historian is to the opinion that Tibeto-Nepali relations were rst started in the time of Srong-tsan-sgam-po, who introduced the time system of dynastic rules and laid the foundations of Buddhism in Tibet. Legends considered to have been invented around the 10th century state that he married the Nepali princess, Bhrikuti, who took with her things related with Buddhism as nuptial gifts. Furthermore, historical records show that a number of scholars and preachers visited Tibet via Nepal. Taranath, the Tibetan historian, who visited India in the 17th century mentions of Vasubandhu (a great Yogacara philosopher of the 14th century A.D.) visiting Nepal. Similarly historical records also show that preachers as Naropa, Darika, Ratnaraksita and Milarepa and many others visited Tibet via Nepal. Some of those preachers are believed to have played important role in the establishment of ka-guy-pa sect of Lamaistic Buddhism in Tibet. The name of the famous Nepali artist and architect Araniko must be mentioned in this connection. He was invited to the imperial palace of China and was honored by the emperor himself for his great skill. Chinese history veries the fact that coins of Tibet were minted in Nepal. The change of style in Nepali art
Culture
Culture of a society is the summation of all the achievements that receives in the form of heritage. In other words, it includes all the things that plays role in the making of the collective mental structure and value system. Culture encircles all the things that are related with life: religion, philosophy, creative movements, art, music and so on. Nepali way of life has a long and uninterrupted tradition. Nepali culture is one of the most ancient cultures of the world. It has a unique place in the history of the development of world civilization. Another important thing about Nepali culture is that it is culture of the various races dwelling in the territory of the country. Many anthropologists and even lay-men are interested in Nepali culture because it offers an interesting of culture pluralism. While observing the unbroken tradition, it becomes necessary to study the factors responsible for the preservation of the culture. Physical isolation of the country is considered to be the most important of all such factors. The dense forest of the Tarai and the difcult mountains of the territory isolate the country with the rest of the world, as a result the country was not ravaged by frequent foreign invasions and was unknown to the foreigners in the past. Nepalese people enjoyed a state of undisturbed peace throughout most of Nepali history. Hinduism and Buddhism have taken a course of undisturbed growth and development in Nepal. In fact one can still meet in Nepal the authentic image of India thats past. What Nepal borrowed from India kept on growing and developing in congenial environment in Nepal whereas the same heritage had to face shattering invasions in India. For example, Nepal Buddhism survived owing to Nepals physical isolation from Indian land mass. Monastic character of Buddhism was weakening in India. This process was brought near extinction by the revitalization of Hinduism and later it was brought neat extinction by the hordes 138
during the Malla period is believed to be the result of such relationship. Tibetan inuence is believed to be the force behind the emergence of new styles in thanka paintings and bronze casting in Nepal.
literary works can be ctional characters. However, Buddhists literature found in Nepal describes Videha as a member of the Vriji confederacy. This establishes that Mithila was also not out of touch with the valley civilization. Lord Buddha was born in 563 BC in Kapilvastu where he spent 29 years of his life as a prince of the Shakya dynasty. In this period, Kaulya, Malla and Lichhavi dynasties were ruling in the neighboring states. Buddha himself is said to have visited the valley. Authenticity of such description is yet to be established. However, it is well established fact of the history that Malla and Lichhavi rulers of the Indian states in the neighborhood of Kapilvastu and many other Buddhists ed to Nepal upon invasions into their states. It suggests that Nepali culture of the period attracted them. The penetration of Indo-Aryan culture is believed to have continued for long. The process is found to have been stronger during the Lichhavi period, the earliest historically known period of the ancient Nepal. The convergence of different cultures into the main stream took place. The religion, art, architecture social structure, politics and the social conventions of the periods bear the strong marks of the process of synthesis. The traces of such amalgamation, even with Tibeto-Burman Culture can be found in the modern Newari culture too. After the Lichhavi dynasty was ousted, Thakuri dynasty came into power around 750 AD and it continued to rule Nepal up to 1200 AD. Then it was ruled by the Mallas who in turn were defeated by Prithivi Narayan Shah in 196769 AD. The Malla period also did not remain untouched from the inuence of Indian states. The descendants of Nanyadev, who found Tirhut kingdom around 1090, came to the valley a century later and got signicant positions in the Malla courts. Brahmins of Maithali also are believed to have been brought here in the same period to work in the temples of Nepal. The Malla period is signicant also because it ushered in the different trends in Nepali art and architecture. It gained more striking originality though it lost its former uency. However the contributions of the Mallas are noteworthy because Nepali art forms found new mediums such as bronze, painting and woodwork in the period. Prithivi Narayan Shahs conquest over the valley begins a different chapter of Nepali culture. It brought about the synthesis of the culture of Baise Raj (the confederation of 22 states) and Choubise Raj (the confederation of 24 states) which had roots in the culture of Khasa Kingdom of the Karnali and Gandaki region. Khasa kingdom with its capital as Sinja and Dallu were strong in 12th to 14th century. Signicant part of the population of the region moved towards east and made several attempts to conquer the valley. The attempts failed then but their desire to get on with the valley civilization was fullled after Prithivi Narayan Shah succeeded in defending the Malla Kings of the valley. The defeat, however, was different in many respects. As a result, the glory of the valley culture developed the lingua franca, which is now called Nepali language. 139
Interesting notes
Having described in brief some of the distinctive features of Nepali culture, we proceed now to describe historical and geographical aspects of Nepali culture. It is necessary to know what turns the culture took in the different periods of history and what geographical territories it covered in different periods. Foundations of the modern Nepal were laid in the 18th century by the great king Prithivi Narayan Shah. He is the one to start national unication, which was continued by Bahadur Shah and which culminated in the emergence of the modern Nepal. This process of unication brought about the political bond that bound together the different regions, which were in a way related with one another through cultural bonds. In this context, the cultural bonds are of great signicance because they existed even before any political bond of the kind was brought into effect. The ourishing culture of the valley of Kathmandu had the position of a centripetal force and the geographical territories position and the geographical territories roughly equaling the territories of the modern Nepal were under the inuence or had some kind of relation with the valley culture, which is famous in the famous in the world for its uninterrupted development for about two million. The historic land of Nepal was able to produce a civilization with its own personality that got expression in art and architecture of the period. The land is gloried by the various writings such as Nepal Mahatmya Pashupati Puran and swoyambhu puran, which were composed in Sanskrit around the 14th or 15th century AD. These chronicles, in a way, describe how the valley became habitable and how it raw the rst dawn of civilization. The chronicles say that the valley was a big lake in the beginning and there, in the middle of the lake bloomed a huge lotus that heralded the emergence of Adi Buddha (the primordial Buddha). Later the lake was drained off by Manjushree (some Hindu scriptures say that all the work was done by Krishna). The chronicles further say that all the mortal Buddhas preceding Shakyamuni visited the valley and built pillars in Patan (the pillars are described in the chapter dealings with Pilgrimage). Although the authenticity of the facts presented by the chronicles are open to many questions, they unfailingly show the fact that the valley was regarded as an important place by most of the people dwelling in the regions that is now the integral part of the modern Nepal. Dealing with the spatial aspect of Nepali culture, two historical principalities must be mentioned here. They are Mithila and Kapilvastu. Mithila, whose kingdom was Videha came into focus when the valley was supposedly being ruled by the Kirati dynasty. The state was at the peak of its eminence during the reign of King Janak, whose daughter Sita was married to Ram, the hero of the epic Ramayana. Some of the persons described by the chronicles and other
NEPAL - AN OVERVIEW
Having presented an introduction to Nepali culture, we proceed to describe some of the constituents of Nepali culture:
Hindu cast system and custom

The earliest available historical documents of Nepal describe the cast system was deep rooted in Nepali society in Lichhavi period. The society was divided into four castes and a kind of hierarchy placing the Brahmans at the top was established. The second, third and the fourth position in the hierarchy were given to Khsetriyas, Vaishyas and Sudras respectively. Different occupations were prescribed for these casts. Brahmans had the responsibilities of conducting worships and studying Vedas and Puranas, Khsetriyas were to rule and perform martial duties, Vaisyas were the merchants and Sudras, the untouchables were to do the works that were considered to be of the inferior kind at the time. Different kinds of foods also were prescribed for the different casts. Brahmans were to abstain for meat, liquor and many other things and were suggested to eat only those things which
matched with their meditative temperament and priestly duties. The rigid system was once weakened by various factors during a period between the Lichhavi regime and Malla regime; however, it was reinvigorated by Jayasthiti Malla in the Malla period. Various historical documents and inscriptions show the existence of such system. Inscription of 1392 A.D. situated in Kumbheshwor, Patan, inscription of Kochu Tole, Farping of 1406 A.D. and the number of others mention the various aspects of caste system. Other ethnic groups outside the system also were signicant elements of social structure. However, caste ranks equating the status of Brahmans and Kshetriyas were not given to them. They were not strictly obtained by the system. Now the discriminatory caste system is limited to only religious rituals. Nepali society at preset is guided by other broader humanitarian concerns. Cast discrimination is prohibited by the law of Nepal.
140
The System of Ashram

The system of Ashram divides the total life span of a man into four phases and prescribes different ways of life suitable for the different stages. The rst phase is called Brahmacharya (the phase of celibacy). In this stage of life an individual has to devote himself to the acquisition of knowledge. He is to be admitted to Gurukul, the place of learning where he gains knowledge t for his caste. Having crossed this stage with a diploma from Gurukul, he enters another phase that is called Grahasthya Ashram (the phase of establishing household). In this phase one should devote oneself to various earthly duties such as marriage, propagation and looking after the disabled or the weaker members of the society. In addition one has to raise material wealth needed for the worship of gods and ancestral spirits. Then comes the third phase that is called Vanaprastha Ashram. In this stage, one is supposed to turn towards the meditation turning away slowly from almost all the worldly duties. This process culminates in Sanyas Ashram (the stage of a sage) when one has to abstain completely from all the worldly pleasures waiting for the reunication of the soul with the universal soul. Various Hindu scriptures justify the Ashram system. They describe it as a benecial system because it prescribes duties suitable for various phases of physiological development of human body. It helps build a logical social order, it helps to develop a spotless personality, it consolidates the relationship between various elements of the society, and it makes the life practical and nally it makes a man t for the salvation.
Some Hindu customs and Sacraments

In a Hindu society, various ceremonies in accordance with the Vedic rules are observed to mark the important aspects of life. Some of the ceremonies are described below:
Name Giving
The name giving ceremony is held from the 9th to 11th day of the birth of a child. The ceremony is organized in accordance with the Vedic rules. A Brahman, well versed in the Vedas, is called to perform the rituals. He offers worship to the Vedic gods like Prajapati, Surya (the sun), Agni (the re) and other ancestral deities; and nally chooses a name for the baby taking account of the position of the different planets. The name is written on the leaf of the holy tree Peepal and the father (sometimes the Guru) of the child whisper the name to the child. This ceremony concludes with a hearty feast. This ceremony has another aspect too. It is, in a way, a purifying ceremony. The house of the childbirth is supposed to be unholy for many purposes; none of the family members are allowed to take part in religious ceremonies before the name giving ceremony. The entire household is supposed to be puried by this ceremony.
First Feeding
This ceremony is held after six months of birth if the child is male and after ve months if the child is female. An astrologer chooses a suitable occasion after studying the position of the planets. Many deities including ancestral deities are worshipped and the baby is fed with the spoon made of precious metals like gold and silver. Relatives and friends are invited and a heavy feast is organized.
THE SYSTEM OF ASHRAM
141
Tonsure
Tonsure is called Chudakarma in Nepali. This ceremony is held to cut rst time the hair with which a child is born. This is done between one to ve years after the birth of the child. A Brahman chooses auspicious occasion, various deities are offered worships, the instruments that are to be used are worshipped and nally, the father of the child cuts his hair with the golden razor. The childs maternal uncle offers various gifts to the child on the occasion.
Funeral Ceremonies
Funeral procession takes the dead body to riverside and it is kept on funeral pyre. Clean-shaven sons of the dead light the pyre. After returning home the sons close themselves inside home abstaining from all the luxuries of life having only one meal a day and mourning deep. They eat only rice, ghee and some fruits for 13 days. A religious scripture, Garuda Puran is recited to console the mourners. Food stuffs are offered to soul of the dead all these days and such things are offered every worth afterwards. After a year a religious ritual called Sraaddha is performed after which the mourners discard the mourning dress of white. Various things are offered to Brahmans under the belief that the soul of the dead receives the things given to a Brahman. Sraddha is performed every year to honour the sacred memory of the dead.
Initiation
Initiation is called Upanayan or Bratabandha in Nepali. This ceremony is held to mark the time the boy or girl can
Melting pot of Hinduism and Buddhism

In Nepal, Hinduism and Buddhism are the two main religions. The two have co-existed down the ages and many Hindu temples share the same complex as Buddhist shrines. Hindu and Buddhist worshippers may regard the same god with different names while performing religious rites. Nepal has been declared as a secular country by the Parliament on May 18, 2006. Religions like Hindusim Buddhism, Islam, Christianity, and Bon are practiced here. Some of the earliest inhabitants like the Kirats practice their own kind of religion based on ancestor worship and the Tharus practice animism. Over the years, Hinduism and Buddhism have been inuenced by these practices which have been modied to form a synthesis of newer beliefs. For centuries the Nepal remained divided into many principalities. Kirats ruled in the east, the Newars in the Kathmandu Valley, while Gurungs and Magars occupied the mid-west. The Kirats ruled from 300 BC and during their reign, emperor Ashoka arrived from India to build a pillar at Lumbini in memory of Lord Buddha. The Lichchhavis whose descendants today are believed to be the Newars of the Kathmandu Valley followed the Kirats. During this period, art thrived in Nepal and many of the beautiful woodcarvings and sculptures that are found in the country belong to this era. With the end of the Lichchhavi dynasty, Malla kings came to power in 1200 AD and they also contributed tremendously to Nepals art and culture. However, after almost 600 years of rule, the kings were not united among themselves and during the late 18th century, Prithvi Narayan Shah, King of Gorkha, conquered Kathmandu and united Nepal into one country. Recognizing the threat of the British Raj in India, he dismissed European missionaries from the country and for more than a century, Nepal remained in isolation. During the mid-19th century Jung Bahadur Rana became Nepals rst prime minister to wield absolute power. He set up an oligarchy and the Shah Kings remained gureheads. The Ranas were overthrown in a democracy movement of the early 1950s.
take part in religious rituals and sacraments. This also shows that he/she has reached the age suitable for the persuasion of knowledge. Girls are not initiated these days. This two-day ceremony begins with the purication of the boy through fasting and observing certain rituals. His head is clean shaved on this day. On the following day a ritual called Homa is performed and the boy is dressed like a sage. The boy, dressed thus, imitates the actions of a sage going door to door for alms. After this the boy is initiated with mantras. Different castes are given different mantras. Brahaman boys are given Gayatri mantra Kshetri boys are given Tristup mantra and Vaishya boys are given Jagati mantra.
Marriage Ceremony
Most of the marriages in a Hindu society are arranged by the parents or other guardians of the boys and girls. In the rst day of the ceremony, ancestral deities are worshipped. On the second day the bridegroom goes to brides home with a procession. There, various rituals such as Kanyadan ,Saptapadi, Mangalsutra bandhan, Pani grahan, Ash masohan, Upahar dan, Sindur dan and Dhruva darshan are performed. The following day the bride is brought to her new home amidst various religious rituals. The whole process shows that marriage is not a mere agreement in the Hindu society. It has great religious signicance too. That is why marital bond is very strong in the Hindu society.
142
Spectrum of Festivals
Nepal is a multi-lingual, multi-religious and multi-ethnic country. As a result the number of festivals exceeds that of the days of a year. For some foreigners, these festivals are mysterious, colorful and pleasant. Moreover, they have a great deal more about them. They emerge from the depth of the socio-cultural aspects of life. The festivals have mythological, religious and historical backgrounds. The ceremonies, as a whole, reect a way of life, unique in its own place. They mirror the value system established by age long socio-cultural and religious conventions; they strengthen the social and family relations; they show the awe and reverence of the unknown people; they make it clear how Nepalese people pay homage to every element of nature; they mark the change of seasons and rejoice sowing seeds and harvesting. The original annual dates for the festivals were xed according to the lunar calendar long ago, so they do not coincide with the solar calendar currently used in Nepal. Similarly, they do not coincide with the Gregorian calendar either. Various aspects of the festivals are not possible to explain in detail, due to lack of space here, some of the important ones are described in brief.
In Bhaktapur, a historical town 12 km. east of Kathmandu, the New Year day is celebrated in grand manner observing religious rituals. The festival is called Bisket and it has its origin in the ancient history, legends and mythology. Some linguists believe that the word Bisket originated from two Newari words bi for snake and syako for slaughter. People relate different stories about the festival; however, they are more or less similar. To sum up the differential stories, serpent demons and the marriage of an extraordinary princess believed to have taken place in the prehistoric time. On the day before the New Year, about eighty feet long huge pole, lingam, made of a shore tree, is erected with the efforts of thousands of people. The symbols of two dead serpents also are hung on the pole. In the afternoon of New Years Day an enormous crowd gathers around the pole and feels it amidst great cheers and rejoicing. It symbolizes the end of the old year.
Nava Barsa (new year day) Bisket of Bhaktapur

The ofcial New Year, according to the solar calendar, is celebrated throughout the country. The day falls on mid April. New Year day is celebrated with merriment. People extend best wishes to each other and organize music and dance programs. Vikram Sambat is the New Year day, after the name of Vikramaditya, the emperor of India subcontinent, more than 2000 years ago.
SPECTRUM OF FESTIVALS
143
Mata Tirtha puja (Looking upon Mothers face)

Mata Tirtha begins on the last of the dark fortnight day of April or early May. On this occasion every Nepali looks upon his/her mothers face. As it is the day shows respect, affection and reverence to the mother formally, all of her sons and daughters come in front of the mother, offer her various delicious dishes and bow with deep respect and affection to receive her blessings. She blesses them touching their foreheads with her hand. Married sons and daughters living out, return once to their house, where they were born and the whole country rejoices in festive atmosphere; elegantly dressed men and women carrying baskets of delicious foods are seen everywhere.
palanquin. The procession bearing the palanquin moves around the city streets, where on lookers and the devotees offer worship. The festival comes to the conclusion when the idol is kept in the temple again.
Dumji
This festival is celebrated is celebrated mostly in Sherpa communitiein in the month of Ashad (June-july). This merry festival is observed with great enthusiasm in Helambu and Khumbu region. In this festival, Lamas perform rituals. All the Sherpas, including Lama, dance with the mixed feelings of solemnity and mirth.
Rato machhendranath (The chariot ride of Red

Machhendranath) The festival starts on the last week of May or early June. It is celebrated to offer worships to Machhendranath, the mearciful patron god of the valley of Kathmandu and the god of harvests. This spectral festival reects important aspects of socio-cultural life of the valley and it lasts for several days. Rath of tremendous size, about 48ft tall, is prepared at Pulchok and hauled through the city of Patan in several stages and it is nally taken to Jawalakhel in an auspicious moment carefully calculated by astrologers. The festival culminates when the sacred waistcoat (BHOTO) is displayed for the entire populace to behold. There are many myths related with the festival, however the most inuential one suggests that the festival is celebrated to commemorate the arrival of Lord Machhendra to protect the people of valley from a fearful draught. The deity is believed to have brought rain with the help of serpent deities.
Gunla (The sacred month of Buddha)

Fifteen days before and fteen days after full moon of late August or early September comprises the sacred month or Gunla. These thirty days are holy for Buddhist population. This is a very interesting festival of difcult fasting, solemn prayer, religious music and singing. Soyambhunath of Kathmandu is in the centre of all these activities.
Naga Panchami (The day of the Snake Gods)

The day of the snake gods, the fth of the brightening lunar fortnight late in July or early August is celebrated to offer worship and to show reverence to serpent gods believed to be dwelling down in Patal, the Nether world. This festival is observed because of the belief that the snake gods, when assuaged, bring sufcient rains, prevent water fountains from draught, cure disease and guard treasures. Special offerings of milk, ghee is made to please the snake deities near water sprouts, pools, springs and streams. Picture of snake deities are made and pasted on front doors on the occasion.
Baishak purnima (The full moon of Lord Buddhas Birth)

Purnima, the day of the full moon in late April and early May, is the greatest festival of the Buddhists and most of the Hindus, as the day is believed to have heralded the triple Blessings-Buddhas birth, his enlightenment and his entering to Nirvana. The stupa of Swoyambhunath in Kathmandu, erected some 2000 years ago by a Buddhist monk, becomes the centre of ceremonial activities during the festival. Butter lamps and electric bulbs illuminate the whole area. Thousands of devout Buddhists from the different parts of the country come to the place to spend night fasting in Buddhas name and chanting prayers for the enlightenment. Solemn ceremonies procession of monks and other devotees take the idol is again returned to the place from where it was brought there. In addition solemn processions of the same kind can be seen throughout the country on the day.
Sithi Naka or Kumar Sasthi (The Birthday of warriorGod Kumar) This festival is celebrated in late May and early June to mark the birth day of Lord Shiva and Parvatis son Kumar, the great warrior god, who is believed to have ended the anxiety of 33 millions gods by defeating Danavas, the demons. The actual festival procession jatra is held on the day following his birth, the seventh day of the waxing moon. His idol is taken out from the temple of Jaisidewal in northwest of Kathmandu and is kept in an ornate, gift reefed
144
145
146
should, it is believed, cross the river with the help of cows. Almost all the householders on the way offer home-brewed beer, breads and coins to the participants of the processions when it passes by presenting pantomimes of various activities like planting rice, sowing seeds, tilling land, etc. amidst the dening choir of traditional musical instruments. The frantic music slows down as they start feasting in the houses of the bereaved.
Krishnasthmi (Krishnas eight) The eighth day of the dark lunar fortnight in August or early September is the birth day of Lord Krishna, direct incarnation of Lord Vishnu, who together with Brahma and Shiva, complete the Hindu Trinity. The festival begins on the seventh day of the dark lunar fortnight as the Hindu devotees throughout the country being processions carrying ornately clothed idols of Krishna. They sing ancient hymns depicting miraculous birth, extra-ordinary childhood, divine love and various deeds of valor of Krishna. Priests read out the deeds of Krishna from the religious scriptures to the devotees gathered around them. Toward evenings people start gathering around almost all the Krishnas Temple in Janai Purnima Or Raksha Bandhan (The sacred thread festival) Janai purnima, commencing on the full moon day of August, is the day when annual changing of the sacred thread, a yellow string worn about the neck and underarm beneath the clothing of higher cast Hindus- Brahaman, the learned priestly class Chetris, originally rural and warriors. The wearers observe certain religious rituals and undergo through fasting to make themselves clean and worthy enough to receive the sacred thread since to wear such a thread symbolizes that the person has control over body, comes chants mantras according Vedic traditions and gives the thread to the wearers. Those incapable of being clean according to the Brahaminic values and women are not allowed to wear it. On the same day men, women and children of every caste - Hindus and Buddhists alike - wear the sacred yellow thread called Raksha Bandhan - Raksha meaning protection and Bandhan meaning bond - about the wrist. Gai jatra (The procession of sacred cows) Gai Jatra, very much like a carnival, begins on the day after full moon day of August September. Pratap Malla, a king of Malla dynasty, is said to have started the conversion of celebrating the festival in the eighteen century to console his bereaved queen by showing her that every householder is compelled to depart with his/ her kinsfolk. Then eight-day festival begins when the householders whose family members have died within the year send a small procession consisting of people impersonating cows, a priest and a band of traditional musicians. Along the traditionally prescribed path march gorgeously costumed boys representing cows closely followed by the family priest and a band of musicians. The cow procession is sent thus to arrest the departed soul to get to the heavenly abode as it is believed that it has to cross a river called Vaitarani, the river of re, blood and pun. One
the country, to observe the festival. Singing melodious hymns they keep vigil through the glorious night of his birth. Krishna Mandir of Patan is the center of such religious devotees in the valley. Thousands and thousands of men, women and children keep vigil-singing songs of the evil and to protect the pious teaching them the lessons of selfness performance of the earthly duties.
Gokarna aunsi (The Fathers day)

The last day of the dark fortnight in August of early September is the auspicious day for honoring fathers. Sons and daughters offer sweets and other delicacies to their father and son to receive blessings. Those whose fathers have died perform abstemious purication rites necessary to bring peace to departed soul. On this day people ock to a sacred shrine of Shiva at Gokarna. They take bath in a river nearby and perform religious rites to honor the memory of their father and to bring peace and tranquility to the departed soul. Those with living fathers also do not fail to go there. This festival reects the strength of family bonds in Nepal.
147
Teej Brata The fasting festival (women only)

This three- day festival ends on the fth day of the waxing moon. Heavy feasting of the rst day is followed by a very strict fasting of 24 hours. The fasting, which is called Teej fasting, is performed for the well-being of ones husband. Even the unmarried girls take part in the rites with great enthusiasm because of the belief that the great god
brought from the temples and placed on high scaffolds. Similarly, large wooden marks of Vairava are displayed. Religious dances and like Devinach, Lajipat Lakhe, Vhairava and Bhakku and Mahakali Nach are performed according to the religious rituals. In the same week chariots of Ganesh, Vhairava and living Goddess Kumari are hauled in the streets of Kathmandu.
Bada Dashain (Durga Puja)

Dashain, also called Vijaya Dashami and celebrated during the bright lunar fortnight, is the greatest and the grandest of all the festivals in Nepal. People of all casts and creeds celebrate it with equal enthusiasm. The festival is celebrated
Shiva blessed then enabling them to nd a good husband. According to Hindu mythology goddess Parvati performed severe penance on the occasion and she got great Shiva as her husband. The festival ends with Teej Puja, in which they invoke the gods on behalf on the husband. Women take both in holy rivers in preparation for the Puja. Folks of women, dressed in the bright red saris and gold ornaments offer worship to Shiva Linga, sacred phallus. This includes the atonement of female sins. The rules for Puja is believed to be prescribed by the merciful goddess Parvati herself.
to commemorate the victory of goddess Durga over hideous demons, Ravana. Thus festival is symbol of the victory of good over evil. During the festival various forms of Goddess Durga are worshipped, animal sacrices are made, blessing from the elderly kinsfolk sought and public parades, ancient processions and traditional pageants are held. The rst day of the festival begins with Ghatasthapana, establishment of the holy pot and on the days that follow, various forms of Durga, Bhavani, symbolic of power, are worshipped. The concluding day is called Tika in which the elders of the family give Tika to their junior members and to other relatives who come to seek blessings.
Tihar and Laxmi Puja (Festival

of lights) Tihar, also known as Dipwali and Yama Panchak, is celebrated for ve days. Dip means light, so the festival is called festival of lights. All the houses and even the street corners are illuminated by butter lamps and electric bulbs. The ve days are called Yama Panchaka because the whole period is dedicated to the worship of Yama the God of Death. The festival begins with worship of crow and concludes with Bhai Puja (worshipping brothers).
Indra Jatra and kumari Jatra (Procession of king of

the gods and Kumari) This eight day festival formally begins on the twelfth day of the waxing moon in September. On the night this festival begins, members of the family in which death has taken place within one year go around the town limits of Kathmandu burning incense and putting lamps along the routes. In the morning of the rst day of the festival, priest and the court astrologers direct people to erect a huge tall pole as the symbol of Indras standard in front of the Hunaman Dhoka Palace and worshipping it. Soldiers in ancient get up and other soldiers are also present on the occasion. As the pole is tugged and pulled, many guns roar in solute music blares and the on lookers reaches fever pitch. Idols of Indra are 148
The rst day of Tihar, also called Kaag Bali, is the day of the crow, as crow is believed to be the messengers of Yama. Every householder offers various delicates to this bird. Dogs become centre of attention on the second day. Dogs are worshipped according to the religious ritual. Tika is a mark of blessing on dogs foreheads of the creature along with garlands and feed them various delicacies. The holy cow is worshipped on the morning of the third day and the goddess of wealth in the evening. This is followed by Gobardhan Puja performed to commemorate Krishnas of lifting the mountain Gobardhan to protect his people from a terrible rain and ood. The festival comes to the conclusion when sisters pray Yamaraj for the longevity of their brothers and put tika on brothers foreheads and put garland made out of Marigold on their necks.
Maghe Sankranti
Capricorn celebrates this festival to mark the entrance of the sun into parts of the zodiac. As the course of the journey taken by the sun in this time is called heavenly, people take bath in river conuence. Grand feasts also are organized on the occasion.
Sri Panchami or Basanta Panchami

Sri panchami represents the spring season in Nepal. It falls on the 5th day of the bright lunar fortnight. On this day Basanta Shrawan, a religious function, is held at the courtyard of Hanuman Dokha palace. Geet Govinda (verses written by poet Jaya dev) is recited by the priest. It is also the festival celebrated to honor Sarswoti, the goddess of knowledge. Thousands of school and college students offer worships at the temple of Saraswoti. Books, pens, musical instruments, ink and spinning wheels are also worshipped on the occasion. Saraswoti temples of Swoyambhu and Gairidhara are the centre of such religious activities in Kathmandu.
Bala Chaturdashi
This festival falls on the fourteenth day of the dark lunar fortnight in a November or early December. It is observed to bring peace to the departed soul of the ancestors and to honor the memory who through no fault of his own because a fearful demon and was killed as a result. Thousands of pilgrimage from the various parts of the country gather around the temple of Pashupatinath the day before the festival and perform penance and keep vigil throughout the night. In the morning they scatter a hundred varieties of seeds in Kailash and Shleshmantak areas forest of Pashupati under the belief that if they sow seeds now their dead ancestors would reap the fruit.
Maghe Poornima
The full moon of February concludes the month long fasting of Swosthani and the recital of Swosthani Mathatmya, a sacred religious text. Hindu women keep vigil throughout the
Vivaha Panchami
This festival falls on late November or early December. It is celebrated to commemorate the memory of the marriage of Sita and Ram, an incarnation of Lord Vishnu. The purpose of the incarnation was to kill Ravana, the ten-headed demon and this marriage has special signicance in the Hindu mythology as Ravana, according to Ramayana, was to kidnap Sita. Thousands and thousands of pilgrimage crowd Janakpur, where the temples of Ram and Sita are situated. On the rst day of the weeklong festival, they dress the idol of Ram as a bridegroom and carry in a reenact tment of Hindu wedding ceremonies. Not only the Nepalese but also the pilgrims from India in large numbers take part in the procession.
night; in the morning they take bath in river conuence and worship the symbols of sacred phallus, Shiva Linga.
Mani rimdu
Mani rimdu, very important festival of the Sherpas, falls on the full moon day of Mangsir (November- December). Masked lamas of Khumbu region perform various religious rituals amidst dancing and singing.
Loshar
Loshar, the tibetian New Years Day falls on the rst day of the bright lunar fortnight. On this day perform ancient forms of dances that have an unusual rhythm. The festival continues for weeks during which hearty feasts are arranged.
Maha Shiva Ratri (the sacred Night of Lord Shiva) Shiva Ratri, virtually meaning the night dedicated to Shiva falls on the fourteenth day of the waning moon in late February and early March. On this occasion, Hindu devotees crowd at all the Shiva shrines of the country. Flowers offered are marrgosa leaves. They take bath in holy rivers, perform penance and keep vigil throughout the right singing ancient hymns and praying Shiva with his 1008 names. The temple of Pashupatipati in Kathmandu is visited by millions of devotees from different parts of Nepal and pilgrims of India. They camp around the temple and all the lodges and guesthouse is lled with the pilgrims. The religious fervour intensies as the might falls. Oil-fed lamps and electric bulbs illuminate the whole area. The sweet smell of incense
149
Ghode Jatra (The procession of Horses)

This festival is celebrated at the fourteenth day of the dark wax fortnight of March-April. A demon called Gurumapa is propitiated and the idols of many gods are carried a small chariot by processions of thousands of people. A meeting of duities such as Lumahri, Bhadrakali and Kankeshwari takes place during the day at Ason and at night in Tudikhel. The Nepal Army at Tudikhel organizes most spectacular show of horse race and acrobatics.
Chaite Dashain
rhythm of hymns and chaotic dinon the crowd all together give the impression of a different age, remove from ours. Behind all there is the strong belief that such rituals will secure oneself a place is Kailash for the devotees. In the afternoon an ofcial programme is organized to celebrate the festival. The ofcial function is held at Tudikhel where Nepalese Army organizes a show. Dashain is observed on March- April too. However, this one is not as the one observed in September-October. This Dashain is named after the month in which it commences, Chaitra being the name of a month in the Nepali Calendar. The eighth of the bright half of the month is of special signicance as people offer worships to goddess Durga, symbolic of power.
Ram Nawami
This day falls on the 9th day of the bright lunar fortnight it March-April. Rama, the direct incarnation of Vishnu and the epic hero of Rayamana is worshipped on the occasion. Pilgrims from Nepal and India go to Janakpur to offer worship in the Ram-Janaki temple. In addition to the ones described above there are many other interesting Nepalese festivals which are important in various ways. Many days are devoted to mark the events and activities national signicance. Furthermore, being a member of the UN, Nepal observes many international days.
Holi festival (The festival of colour)

The eight day festival begins with the installation of chir (a tall bamboo pole tapped with their umbrella- like tires, each ngered with colourful strips of cloth) at the eighth days of the waxing moon in March and concludes the full moon day. People throw coloured powder and water at each other during the days. According to Hindu mythology, the festival is observed to celebrate the extermination of a demon called Holika who had tried to burn Pralhad, a devout devotee of Lord Vishnu.
150 0
Nepali Art & Architecture

Nepali art of the different periods reects various aspects of the society in the different stages of its development. Originality in the form and the content on a whole shows the development of the civilization with its unique qualities. In the following lines attempts are made to take account of salient features of Nepali stone sculpture, bronze art, wood art and painting of different ages. Religion has played an important role for the development of art. Art of the old age, middle age and even some aspects of the modern art cannot be seen in isolation from the religion. In fact religious fervor has inspired the artistic creation. Some aspects of Nepali art manifested in the making of things of religious importance are described in the chapter devoted to pilgrimage. So, some points are not brought under discussion in order to avoid repetition. period. The images supposedly belonging to Kirat period have round faces, curly hair, well developed forehead, robust body and short stature whereas the stone images of Lichhavi period have long oval faces, Aryan nose, thin dresses, ornaments and crowns on heads. In addition, they have intricately donned hair. The most striking thing about them is that they have picturesque vividness and they are lively. The material used for making images is also good. Mostly, hard blue or black stone is used. Nepali stone sculpture entered another important phase of its development in Thakuri and Malla period. Some of the famous images built in this period are; Nrisimhas image at Hanumandhoka, the images of Radha-Rukmini with Krishna, a dozen of images in Patan Darbar Square, Krishna with Dashavatar at Krishnamandir of Patan, Garuda, Vishnu, Uma Maheshwor, Nrisimha, Bhairav-Bhairavi and Surya of bhaktapur etc. various characteristic features distinguish them from the works of Lichhavi period. The distinctive features are: Relatively inferior material such as soft sandstone is used to make the images, The vividness and uency of the Lichhavi period are lacking in this period because many artists of the period were using metal as a material, Various part of the body of the images are not proportionately worked out, Secular images were also made in the period, The facial structure of the images is the mixture of Aryan and Mongolian structure: Furthermore the images are decorated more and are adorned with a halo. In spite of those conspicuous characteristics there are certain exceptions too; some out of trend images were undoubtedly made in the period. 151
Stone Sculpture
Stone sculptures in Nepal are believed to have emerged long before the birth of Christ. There is a common believe that stone image of Virupaksya, and a series of images entitled Parvati Tapasya belong to the Kirat period. However, such conclusions are made only on the bases of the physical and formal features of the images since no inscriptions explaining the dates are found so far. From Lichhavi period onwards-stone images with dates and other descriptions are found. The images of Padmapani Buddha, Vishnu Vikranta, Vishworup, Uma Maheshwor, Bhagavatis, Shiva Lingas and a number of other images were built in the period. Furthermore, the images of the period can be found at Hanumandhoka, Changu Narayansthan, Dhumbarahi, Shovabhagvati, Naxal Bhagvati and Pashupati. The stone images of the period have certain distinctive features that distinguish them from the images of the earlier
NEPALI ART & ARCHITECTURE
that distinguish them from the stone images of the same age. The most remarkable features are: long eyes, clear and distinct eyebrows, imposing ornaments and the use of gaudi colours.
Wood Art
Wood is a less durable material so only the descriptions of the wood art of the old age are found. The works themselves decayed long ago. Most of the works that have survived the weather of hundreds of years belong to the 15th to 18th century. The works of art can be divided into two groups. Firstly, portable images and other artistic things and secondly, the works of art that form the integral parts of temples, monasteries, palaces and rest houses (Sattalas). Decorative doors, windows, struts and tympanums belong to the second group. The works of art belonging to the rst category are kept in the National Museum of wood craft. The image of Nrityadevi (15th century), the image of Basundhara (15th century), the image of Vishworup (17th century) and the image of Marvijaya are some of the artistic creation kept in the safety of the museum. Historical buildings, palaces and temples offer nest examples of the artistic creations of the second group some features are described below.
Bronze Art
The history of bronze art is not as old as that of stone sculptures. Description of the Chinese visitors and some of the coins of Lichhavi period hint that the development of Bronze art in the earlier Lichhavi period or even before the Lichhavi regime. Some of the oldest metal images of Nepal are kept at the museum of Los Angeles and Boston of the U.S.A. The most important among them are the 9th century image of Padmapani Avalokiteshwor and Buddha in the meditative pose. Nepal witnessed a swift development in the eld after the Lichhavi period. The images of stars related with Buddhism, Avalokiteshwor, Buddha, Padmasambhar, Dipankar, Vishnu, Laxami, Indra, Ganesh, Bhairav and Kuber were made in the middle age. Two methods of making metal images were used in the period. One is the Lostwax process and the other is the method of moulding thin metal sheets. Both the methods were used in making religious as well as secular images. In this age, a signicant addition to the store of images was made. That is the design of the images in the Tantric mode. Various deities with several hands and other symbolic icons were made in the trend. Furthermore, bronze images of the period have certain special features
Artistic Struts
Artistic Struts of the temples of Nepal are considered to have great artistic merits. The Struts protrude from the main body of the temple making 45 degree angle and they have the function of supporting the structure of the roof. The roofs of Nepali temples are mostly multi tiered and the upper ones are proportionately smaller than the lower ones. Almost all the struts of a temple have intricately carved images. In all the four sides of the temple there are the struts with the images of an extraordinary animal called Sardula. In some temples images of an extraordinary animal with the horns of the sheep are pictured on the struts protruding on all the four sides. Other struts have the images of the deities and other things related in one way or the other with main deity kept on the sanctum. Another interesting thing about them is that they, as a whole, depict three categories of things. The struts of the main places depict the principal deity of the temple; the struts of the upper part depict various scenes of the heaven and the lowest ones depict the various aspects of this phenomenal world.
152
A Trekkers Heaven
One of the nearest trekking destinations from Kathmandu lies an unparalleled combination of natural beauty and cultural riches of Langtang, Rasuwa. Linked by roads, this region offers a life unfolding and unique experience. Previously a restricted area near the Tibetan border, the unexplored regions of the Langtang National Park has recently been developed into the Tamang Heritage Trail. The people in these places are mostly of Tamang and Tibetan origin, whose culture goes back to hundreds of years. The craftsmanship, dress, traditionally built stone houses and the beautifully carved wooden porches reect the solitude and the serenity of the Himalayan scenery. Langtang has over 70 glaciers; the Langtang and Ganesh Himal mountain ranges and high altitude lakes including Gosaikunda, Parvatikunda, Bhairavkunda, Dudhkunda etc. This region also comprises rich Tamang art and culture at Gutlang and Goljung, ancient Buddhist monasteries such as Kyangin and Singgompa, Tatopani and the historic fort of Rasuwagadhi in the Sino-Nepal border.
153
154
Permit for trekking

Any foreigner intending to trek in any part of the country shall have to obtain a trekking permit, from the Department of immigration, Government of Nepal and their concerned authorities. The permits are issued for trekking in any part of the country except in areas restricted for the foreigners by government regulations. Some of the rules for trekking are as following: Trekking may be undertaken for only place or an area at a time. Trekkers should follow the route prescribed for them by the Department of Immigration. To trek along routes that are not prescribed may create serious problems regarding security, food and accommodation. It is advised to arrange trekking through the registered trekking agencies to prevent one self from any unseen accidents which may occur at any time during the trekking period. While trekking it is advisable to take only the authorized guide and porter. Be careful with matches around wooden or grassy areas, forest and grass res cause serious damages. Although the people of the hills of Nepal are exceptionally friendly and honest there must be some who may take advantage of foreign trekkers. Generally the lodges and small hotels set up the standard rates for lodging and bill. While taking shelters in local household the rate may be quite different. Please pay a fair price for the goods and services provided by the villages. Wrangling over one or two rupees usually results in unfair return and generates ill felling as well. Be most economical with fuel, especially regarding the local rewood. Use minimum fuel for hot showers and discourage camp-re. Trekkers are strictly forbidden to cut any green forest resources and to kill any wildlife. Give preference to lodges and trekking companies that do not use rewood and encourage their efforts to conserve the environment. Coordinate menus and meal time with other trekkers so that cooking res can be best utilized. Use washing and toilets facilities provided or, if none are available make sure you are at least 30 meters away from any water source. But excreta and toilet papers and use biodegradable toiletries. Avoid the use of non-biodegradable items as much as possible. Support measures to reduce pollution and improve the environment. Destroy or use minimum solid wastes and garages. Please keep clean your camp areas. Do not forget extinguish rewood at and around camp areas. Help to keep the region clean and healthy.
Altitude sickness
Altitude sickness, often known as a Acute Mountain Sickness, if not treated when symptoms rst appear, can lead to death. It is the effect of altitude on those who ascend too rapidly to elevations above 3,600 meters. Early mountain sickness will manifest itself in headache, loss of appetite and sleeplessness. Do not ignore these warnings otherwise more serious symptoms can occur which can even cause death sometimes within a few hours. The cure for acute mountain sickness is not to descend immediately to a lower elevation. Being young, strong and t does not help. Medicine is no substitute for descent. When a doctor is available, he may give medicine and oxygen, however, the patient must go down even if given treatment.
Some other important hints

Beware of touts who claim to be the representative of companies and offer to take to bargain hunting Use hotel safety boxes for your valuables. Do not leave cash and other valuable things lying around in the room. Table manner in Nepal is quite different. In typical and traditional Nepal houses, plates, knives, forks and spoons may be absent from the dinner table. While eating, Nepalese people use their hand. But this does not mean, however, that the guests are not to use forks knives and spoons. Any food or utensil touched by the used knife or spoon or ngers or by lips or into which spittle has fallen is considered Jutho which means contaminated. It would humiliate a person if such food were offered to him. Nor should the dish containing such food be used again without it being properly washed.
A TREKKERS HEAVEN
155
Diversities of Nepal
Nepal is synonymous to the world beauty and in addition she is the country with many mysteries, which have touched the sensibility of the adventure loving people all over the world. It has so many Touristic places to visit, from Eastern Mechi to Western Mahakali, from roof top majestic Himalayas to 500 Meters altitude MSL having enormous oras and faunas all and around. People from nook and corner of the world may take a breath taking experience of none closing eyelids with indigenous and ethnic cultural differences. Nepal is well known in the world for its Natural beauty. The silvery icy-mountains, the evergreen forests with diversity in ora and fauna, more than 6000 ever owing rivers and many wetlands had made the country rich in natural beauty. In other world, Nepal a small country with 0.003% of the global landscape is having more than 3.1% of biodiversity and excitingly, Nepal alone consist of more than 9.5% of the bird species in the world and had made this small country as a paradise of Nature. Though, we have enormous natural beauty, due to lack of education and awareness human inuence in different forms of wetlands and forestland is increasing for the use of its products excess to the productivity and for expanding the cultivated land for increasing population. Hence natural habitat of ora and fauna is being destroyed creating the threat to the species and increasing the vulnerability to the meteorological behavior for the human being its self. have come from the mountainous regions of Kumaon in the northern India west of Nepal. They are mainly conned in the western and central Nepal and the capital city of Kathmandu. The Purbiya Brahmans derive from the eastern part of Nepal and are found scattered across the country with greater concentration in the eastern part of Nepal and Kathmandu. The Brahmans are priestly caste. The priests in all Hindu temples are exclusively Brahmans.
Chepang and Kusundas

These backward ethnic communities belong to a well dened traditional area in the south of Dhading, the west of Makawanpur and east of Chitwan along the steeper slopes of Mahabharat range of the mid-Nepal. Very few of these hunting tribal people have started deriving subsistence from agriculture. Otherwise, hunting, wood collection, etc have been their foremost living subsistence. Though they are economically backward, they have a rich and unique cultural tradition. With the increasing encroachment of the forest (their main living recourse) by themselves and other communities alike, these people lately started working in the development projects in the areas as hard labors.
Ethnic Mosiac
Brahmans
Brahmans are the members of the highest social caste. Two different categories of Brahmans namely Kumai Brahmans and Purbiya Brahmans are present. They only differ in their derived homeland. The Kumai Brahmans are supposed to 156
They observe all the Hindu festivals of Dashain, Tihar and Sakrantis besides their own tribal festival Nwagi, which is performed on a Tuesday during third week of Bhadra (some day in August and September).
Chhetris and Thakuris

In the caste hierarchy, the Chhetris and Thakuris come second to Brahmans. They are rulers, leaders and warriors. The Brahmans are their teachers and family priests. Like Brahmans, they are orthodox Hindus. Thakuries are believed to have originally come from the northern part of India mainly from Rajasthan. They could have migrated to Nepal in the 12th and 13th centuries. In Nepal, Chhetris and Thakuris are among the most inuential and well-to-do social classes. They are mostly in the government services, in high ranked positions in the army and the police. Some of them have remained farmers and are relatively poor and live like any other ethnic group.
They are distinctly endogamous groups. Traditionally they prefer cross-cousins marriage. The parallel cousins marriage is, however, strictly prohibited. They also have a tradition of Rodi, a club of boys and girls of similar age group where dancing and singing is performed. This ritual provides them with ample opportunities to know, understand each other and develop love and affection. The environment in the Rodi is very irtatious. The Gurungs have very interesting dance tradition.They perform Sorathi, Ghado, Ghatu and others on one or many occasions. The dancing season generally starts on Shri Panchami day (On the fth day of bright lunar fortnight some day in January or February) till the day of Chandi Purnima (some day in May or April).
Magars
Along the Gurung and Khas counterparts, the Magars form an integral constituent of British and Indian Gurkha regiments and the Nepal Army. They speak a dialect derived from Tibeto-Burman group of languages. Their religion is Buddhism. However, there are also some Hindu Magars. The Magars celebrate the festival dedicated to the goddess Kaliingreatpomp (a Hindu festival). Especially in Gorkha, they sacrice a lot of goats during the occasion. Those who live in the vicinity of Brahmans and Chhetris have their cultural rituals similar to theirs. Magar villages are typical with their round and oval houses. One comes across many of these Magar settlements in the Annapurana round trekking.
Dolpo
They are probably the highest settlements in the world. These mongoloid featured people are Tibetan speaking. Most of them are illiterate, but they are not very poor. Marriages are very relaxed in general. Pre-marital and extra-marital sex union is not prejudiced. All the brothers in a family marry a common wife. Marriages can be of any type; by arrangement, capture or elopement. The Dolpa people are Buddhist, but the Bon-po sect of Buddhism also co-exists. They dispose off the dead in different ways. Some throw the corpse into the river while others cut the esh into pieces and feed them to the vultures.
Manangi
Manangi resemble physiognomically and religiously to the Tibetans but they take pride to believe themselves belonging to the Gurungs who live in the lower hills and valleys. These people inhabit the pleasant valley of Manang in the upper reaches of the Marsyangdi River northwards in the central Nepal. The Manang district encloses three distinct areas of Neshyang, Nar and Gyasumdo; all of them culturally interrelated. They have agriculture as their foremost recourse of subsistence for living. The harsh and cold climate limits the cultivation to buck wheat, barley, wheat, maize, potatoes and radishes. They also breed sheep and other cattles. Lhosar, the New Years celebration is their main festival in the month of February. Similarly, archery is arranged in a grand way during the month of April-May. 157
Gurungs
In the middle hills and valleys along the southern slope of the Annapurna Himalaya in the mid-western Nepal; the Gurungs live together with other ethnic groups like Magars, Brahmins and Chettris. These sturdy, hardworking people are Mongoloid physiognomically. They extend their living territories from Gorkha in the east through Lamjung, Manang and Kaski to Syangja district. The Gurungs are very colorful, happy and irtatious people. A caste hierarchy divides the Gurung community into char jat and sor jat, group of four and sixteen clans respectively.
DIVERSITIES OF NEPAL
Newars
The natives of Kathmandu, the Newars, are mainly traders. With a purpose to trade, they are scattered across the country; with greater concentration in the Kathmandu Valley, Banepa, Dhulikhel, Bhojpur, Bandipur and Tansen. Despite the small percentage numerically, they contribute signicantly in the history, art, architecture and business activities in the country. Newars speak their own language, Newari, better known as Nepal Bhasa which belongs to Tibeto-Burman family of languages. It has its own scripts and has no linguistic connection to Nepali, Hindi or Sanskrit. The Newari script, the Ranjana lipi is exceptional. The Newari literature is also very rich. The application letter for the membership of Nepal to the United Nations was written in Ranjana Lipi. There are both Buddhist and Hindu Newars. Like elsewhere in the country, religious syncretism is blended into the culture and tradition. They celebrate numerous feasts and festivals throughout the year. Besides their rich cultural heritage, festivals, the Newars are impeccable artists and architects. Newars, though small in numbers, have a very strong and dominating inuence in Nepals economy, politics and society in general.
eastern Nepal, in the vicinity of Mt. Everest, along the Arun Valley, the Dudh Koshi River and its tributary areas. Fraternal polyandry is found among the Sherpas, i.e. two brothers may marry one common wife. However, if there are three brothers in a Sherpa family, the middle brother has to serve the monastery as a monk and for a family with four brothers, the group of two may marry two common wives. Sherpas observe a number of festivals during the year. The important ones are Losar and Dumze. Losar is the New Years celebration according to the Tibetan calendar. It occurs sometimes in the end of February. All families rejoice this singing, dancing, feasting time. Dumze is interesting festival observed in the village gomba or the monastery for seven days, sometimes during the month of July. The village lama conducts the rituals by worshipping Guru Rimpoche, Phawa Cheresi, Tsanba and other deities. There are many of Sherpas who have set records in the mountaineering world. Tenzing Norgay Sherpa with Sir Edmund Hillary, was the rst to climb the highest mountain of the world in 1953. Tamangs are Buddhists. The religious activities are based on Jhankrism. There are several ghyangs (Buddhist temples) in every Tamang settlement. All their festivals and ceremonies are performed in Buddhist fashion. On the rst day of Magh (some day in January and February), they celebrate Chho in these ghyangs. Another feasting ceremony, Nara is observed on the full moon day. Altogether, the Tamangs represent a community greatly exploited and poor in general.
Rais and Limbus

The Rais come from surrounding hills in the north-eastern Nepal; mainly near Dhankuta, Terhathum, Bhojpur and Arun and Dudh valleys. Likewise, the Limbus come from the extreme east of Nepal; mainly from the region of Taplejung, Khotang and Arun Valley. The Rais are neither purely Hindu nor Buddhist. They have their own deities and beliefs. Tibetan Lamaism has great inuence in their rites and rituals. The Limbus follow a mixture of Shivaism, Buddhism and Animism. Among the Rais, marriages are monogamous. The marriages are held by arrangements, captures and elopements. The Limbus follow the same marriage tradition. Both the Rais and Limbus bury the deceased and place a tombstone on the grave, bearing the name and date.
Tharus/Chaudharys
The Tharus are the indigenous ethnic group who live in the northern part of Terai and inner Terai with a concentrated population in the middle and west of the country. Most of the Tharus have Mongoloid features with dark and semidark colors. They are aboriginal Terai settlers. Some also believe that Tharus came to Nepal from India during the Muslim invasion in the 12th and 13th century. The Tharus have their indigenous dialect, known as Naja. But they speak a mixture of local dialects, such as Prakriti, Bhojpuri, Mughali, Nepali, Urdu and Maithili. The Tharus believe in Animism. They also celebrate Hindu festivals. There are normally two clans; Pradhan and Apradhan. The former is considered
Sherpas
The most famous among the Himalayan people are the Sherpas because of their impeccable mountaineering skill which has made them an indispensable part of mountain expeditions as leaders, guides and porters. As an individual or in groups, they have set records of many rsts in the mountaineering world. They live in the Khumbu region of 158
The religious way of life

Religion is an integral part of Nepali life. Temples, images, sacred paintings are to be seen everywhere. Majority of the people are Hindus in Nepal, nevertheless Buddhism has also important place in this country. Hinduism and Buddhism are so closely connected in Nepal that it could take a life times study to understand the complexities of countrys religious life. Hindus and Buddhists alike worship all deities and fests and festivals are shared. For centuries both have cherished mutual regard and respect for one anothers traditions. Some fundamental facts are to be taken into consideration that one should adopt in the Nepalese society. Visitors to the Hindu temple or Buddhists shrines or may be in some particular places are supposed to take off their shoes as a mark of respect. In this regard it will be better to take a pair of sandals for ones convenience, but leather sandals are not allowed. In many Hindu temples non- Hindus are not allowed to enter and it is better to consult your guide. Leather articles are not allowed in most of the temples, stupa and shrines. Temples or shrines are walked around in clockwise direction. Killing of cows is strictly prohibited. Beef is not used among Hindus and Buddhists. Killing of female animals is also not allowed. In some places it is not allowed to take photographs, it is better to ask your guide or the people around. Leather goods also mean shoes, belts, camera cover, jackets etc.
superior. Each village has its own local gods and goddesses protecting the people. Marriages among the Tharus, are monogamous. It is, however, strictly endogamous. Polyandry and polygamy are practiced sometimes. Rites and rituals linked with Tharu marriages are elaborate and complex.
Thakali
Physiognomically Mongoloid featured Thakalis are believed to have originated from Thak Khola, the valley of the Kali Gandaki River in western Nepal. These people are famous for their neatly tended kitchens and derive their subsistence from hotels, inns, and restaurants income. They are encountered mainly in the Annapurana round trekking, one of the most famous trekking routes in the country. Thak Khola lies in Mustang district of Dhaulagiri zone of Nepal. Thak-sat-se is the traditional area of the Thakali community, which lies in the salt trading zone on the south of Tukuche Mountain. A Thakali has to marry none other than Thakali, but the marriage has to be outside his or her own particular clan. The four clans are equal in status socially or ritually. However, on the basis of precedance in the worship, Gauchan clan comes rst, followed by Tulachan, Sherchan, and Bhattachan. They have their particular clan gods as animal representative of dragon, elephant, lion and yak for Gauchan, Tulachan, Sherchan and Bhattachan respectively. The religion of the Thakali is a mixture of Buddhism, Jhankrism, Bonpo and Hinduism, but they are close to Jhankrism, a kind of Shamanistic cult as their original religion. Lha Feva is the most signicant festival for the Thakalis. It is observed some day in the month of November of every monkey year of the twelve-year cycle according to the Tibetan calendar.
Social Traditions
More than ninety per cent of the Nepalese people live in the rural areas and they have their own traditions and they have their own traditions and customs even their outlook and appearance. Nepalese people look like very simple and innocent. They take a special delight to company with any other people. They are much more interested to talk with the foreigners even they may not be able to talk in English. But there are certain things that are alien or embarrassing to our people and some of the points to keep in mind will be better. It is better to be decently dressed when visiting any place. Sun and beach wares are not the ideal when roaming around the city or village. Briefs, shorts, bare shoulders and backs are not appreciated. One need not be stiff and overdressed, but just comfortably and decently covered. Do not take seriously if a Nepali lady hesitates to shake hands. In Nepal, people specially the ladies, do not shake hands when they greet one another, but instead press the palms together in a prayer- like gesture known as Namaste. Public displays of affection between man and woman are frowned upon. Do not do something that is totally alien to our environment. We are hard on drug abuse; trafcking and possession of drugs are taken as serious offences.
What Can be and Cannot be in the Nepalese Society?

The Nepalese people are friendly and hospitable by nature and the tourists in general will have no difculty in adjustment. All the same, one may be confused regarding some costume, traditions and manners in coming into any unfamiliar society. Nepal like any other country has its own ways of regulating life though it might be different in degrees to each individual visitor. We want visitors to observe and see the way the Nepalese people live and share that with them. It is in this spirit that we offer some practical guidelines that could help to make the stay delightful, homely and rewarding.
Beggars
Cheap charity breeds beggars but does not solve their basic problem. Therefore do not encourage beggary by being benevolent. 159
DIVERSITIES OF NEPAL
Glaciers to the Plain Tarai River Adventure

Originating from snowy peaks, cutting the gorge of higher mountains, rivers of Nepal to the plain land of Tarai forming the fascinating views in the Himalayan country of Nepal, River rafting in Nepal is a venture but interesting. Tourists, expediters along with local people take a great enjoy in River rafting in Nepal sitting on the rubber boats on the perennial running water. A river trip is often an adventure but not always. In a country like Nepal, a river trip also provides opportunity for geological surveys, swimming, shing and exploring new species of living and non-living things. Of course, without the guidance of local boaters or the representatives from the river rafting agencies is supposed to be dangerous. The following three-river system for commercial rafting, are often used in Nepal. Saptakoshi River System (East Nepal) Narayani or Saptagandaki River System (Central Nepal) Karnali River System (West Nepal) Eight rivers in the three river systems are open for tourists for river rafting. These are: Arun Bheri Kaligandaki Karnali Seti Sunkoshi Tamakoshi Trisuli Rafting in any other than these requires a special permit.
Arun
Starting from Kartikegath, six days river trip ends at Chatara. Arun is one of the biggest rivers in Nepal. Kartikegath is reached from Tumlingtar after taking a mini trek. To reach Tumglingtar, it requires either one hours ight from Kathmandu or a day long bus drive. The trip then starts at Kartikegath and goes on rafting along different places hitting many big and small exiting rapids. On the sixth day, the trip ends at Chatara. The crew members then can return Kathmandu by a day long drive from Chatara via Biratnagar or y out from Biratnagar to Kathmandu.
Bheri
Starting from Samjahighat to Chisapani, rafting on Bheri takes four days long trip. To reach Samjahighat, one should either take a ight from Kathmandu to Nepalgunj and then four hour drive from Nepalgunj to Samjahighat or should travel a distance of 627 km. long journey by bus. Next day morning, the trip starts from Samjahighat through many villages, big vertical cliffs, big rapids via Kamekot Kuine, etc. On the fourth day the trip ends by mid day at Chisapani, the conuence of the Bheri and the Karnali rivers. The trip can be continued with jungle tour in the Bardia Wildlife Reserves.
Kaligandaki
It is a long, eight days trip starting at Modibeni and ending at Narayangath. The trip requires either a 30 minute ight or six hour drive from Kathmandu to Pokhara. Before trekking towards Modibeni, a drive of approximately one and a half hour is required to reach Naudanda from Pokhara. A
160
one and half day long trekking from Naudanda takes you to the Modibeni via Karkineta. The river trip then starts at Modibein. The trip goes a long way through Ridi Bazzar, Ranigath Palace, Ramdighat, Batulitar, Khalte, etc. with many large and small rapids and the trip ends at Devgath near Narayangath on 8th day. The conunce of the Trisuli and Kaligandaki rivers, rafting continues for about half an hour till Narayanghat, the take out point. Now one can get back to Kathmandu in six hours by bus or go to Chitwan National Park. Kaligandaki is one of the deepest rivers in Nepal.
Sunkoshi
It is the longest river adventure of nine days trip. The most common point of this trip is Dolalghat; three hours drive east of Kathmandu. The trip is through the rich color and varied rock formations, different villages of different tribesmen with many exciting small and large rapids. One can have opportunities to look various species of orchids and birds en route. The trip goes on rafting for nine days camping on different places and on the ninth day, the trip ends at Chartara is Dharan that takes about 45 minutes while driving. One can return Kathmandu by 45 minutes ight from Biratnagar. A Sunkoshi river trip can be started at Lamosangu.
Karnali
It is a six day river trip that starts at Bhankhet and ends at Chisipani. To reach Bhankhet, it requires either a direct ight or a long drive from Kathmandu to Birendranagar( Surketh) and two days long trek. The river trip then starts at Bhanketh and after six days, ends at Chisapani. Then one can return Kathmandu by a day long bus journey or the trip continues with jungle tour in the Bardiya Wildlife Reserve.
Tamakoshi
This is the longest river trip, ten days rivers rafting in Nepal, starting from Basti near Jiri and ends at Chatara, the ending point of Sunkoshi river trip. One can reach Basti by a day long bus from Kathmandu to Jiri and a short distance trek. The trip reaches Dolalghat after two days and after eight days the trip reaches Cahatara same Sunkoshi river trip. This trip is the most adventurous and dangerous river trip.
Seti
It takes two days river trip that starts at Damauli, about 160 km. West of Kathmandu and ends at Narayanghat. In Damauli, the trip starts in Setikhola, a tributary of Saptagandaki River. The trip goes through the forested area and the villages inhabited by Magars. The trip is exciting with so many encounters of the big and small rapids. On the second day afternoon, the trip ends at Devghat where the Kaligandaki joins the Trishuli becomes Narayani River.
Trishuli
This is most popular river trip in Nepal, because of its accessibility by road along its major parts. The trip goes below the Prithivi Highway with many excited rapids via Gajuri, Charaundi and ends at Kauringhat is a three days. Kauringhat is a small picturesque village about four-hour drive from Kathmandu. However, the trip continues up to Chitwan National Park, depending upon time and choice but ventures.
GLACIERS TO THE PLAIN TARAI - RIVER ADVENTURE
161
National Parks & Reserves

Nepal itself is a big park with a numerous scenic beauties, ponds and lakes, majestic Himalayas, crystal clear waterfalls and adventurous rivers. Nepal is a land of extreme contrasts in climate and geographical condition. It has unique topography ranging from lowlands with sub-tropical jungles to artic conditions in Himalayas highlands. Within a mere 150 km the land rises from near sea level in the south to over 8,000 meters in the north. This, together with the monsoon rainfall along the south facing slopes, has resulted in squeezing virtually all climates zones found on our planet. As a result, Nepal has been endowed with a great diversity of life zones providing a home for a large variety of plants, birds and animals. The Tarai low lands are dened by the belts of well-watered ood plains stretching from the Indian border northward to the rst slopes of the Bhabhar and the Siwalik range. This is the richest habitat in the land with the tall grass lands interspersed with rivers and hardwood sal forest. Here one can see wildlife such as the swamp deer, black buck, blue bull, the Royal Bengal tiger, Gharial and mugger crocodiles, and the last of the bread of Asiatic wild buffalo .This area is also rich in bird life with a variety of babblers and orioles, koels and drongos, peacocks and oricans, and a multitude of wintering wildfowl. There are three protected areas in the Tarai-Koshi Tappu in the east, and Bardia and Sukla Phant in the west. The Churia, also known as the Siwalik, is the southern most range of the Himalayas. Nowhere do they rise above 1,220 meters. Although young according to geological time, the Churia is thought to be one of the oldest of the Himalayan uplifts. This range is famous for fossil deposits of Pleistocene mammals, among them 10 species of elephants, 162 6 rhinoceros, hippopotamus, sabre-toothed cats, various antelopes and primates such as the orangutan, long extinct in the subcontinent. Situated north of the Churia are broad, low valleys of the inner Tarai known as the Doons. These valleys are not unlike the outer plains with tall elephant grass, swamps and ox-bow lakes where the last of the one horned rhinoceros survive. Chitawan National Park in the inner Tarai of central Nepal is the rst and best protected area in the country. Once one of the famous big game hunting areas in Asia, Chitawan now offers protection to the large array of mammals such as the one-horned rhinoceros, tiger, leopard, sloth bear and Guar (wild bison) as well as more than 400 species of birds. Without doubt, Chitwan is one of the outstanding wildlife sanctuaries in the world. Higher in the north between 2,000 and 3,500 meters lies the Mahabharat range with its oak crowned crests. The majority of Nepals hill people inhabit the lower slopes of the Mahabharat. The intricate terracing of the midland country is noteworthy. These hills are covered by a moist temperate forest of deodar, oak, maple, and birch in which are found deer, goral, serow, leopard and monkey. The gorgeous multi-coloured impeyan pheasant (Nepals national bird) is also found here with other endangered birds like the Koklas and Cheer pheasants. Protected areas in this zone include Khaptad National Park in the far west, Dhorpatan Hunting Reserve northwest Pokhara and Shivapuri Wildlife sanctuary near Kathmandu. Higher still, nearer the snowline, are the alpine mountain anks which are the haunt of snow leopard, which preys on blue sheep and the Himalayan tahr. Rarely seen are the wolf, black and brown bears and lynx. These higher reaches are inhabited by some of the hardiest tribes of Nepal. The Sherpas, Manangba and Dolpa-bas are some of those who
farm and graze their livestock on the high mountain pastures. Langtang, Sagarmatha (Everest), Sheyphoksundo and Lake Rara National Parks are the protected high altitude areas of Nepal. Today Government of Nepal has set aside more than 13,000 sq. km of protected areas that include as many bio-geographic regions as possible to assure conservation of the maximum numbers of wildlife species. These nature sanctuaries attract wildlife enthusiasts and tourists from the world over, and each park and reserve has its own attraction. At the Chitwan National Park, visitors venture on elephant back I search of the one-horned rhinoceros, sloth bear, deer and crocodile. Other lowland parks such as Koshi Tappu, Bardia and Sukla Phanta are less frequented making them more appealing to those who prefer the solitude of wild world. In the mountain sanctuaries of Nepal, visitors can commune with high massifs as well as glimpse some of the rare wildlife species of the Himalayan realm. This is the habitat of the musk deer, goral, blue sheep and Himalayan bear. Also found here is the endangered snow leopard.
Seasons
Nepals climate ranges from tropical in the lowlands to arctic in the higher altitudes. About 90% of the rain falls during June to September, during the monsoon. Vegetation is as its best at blooming during this season. The post-monsoon period, between October and November is the best time to visit the high altitude Himalayan parks. When the days are warm, the snow line recedes, and the air is clear. This is the busiest tourist season in the country as a whole. The winter months, between December and February, attract large number of visitors to the lowland parks. The days are warms and the nights chilly. Koshi Tappu, Chitawan, Bardia, and Sukla Phanta are best visited this time. This is also a good time to observe wintering birds, including wildfowls and waders. From March to May, it is warm at lower altitudes and cool above 3,000 meters. Despite the high temperatures, are this can be the best time to visit the lowland parks for the teeming animal and bird life as well as owering trees. This is also an ideal time to visit altitude nature sanctuaries of Everest, Annapurna, Langtang and Rara. This is when the rhododendron and alpine ower burst into bloom. Spring haze tends to spoil mountain views but it is warm enough for visitors to explore higher reaches.
NATIONAL PARKS & RESERVES
163
164
How to enter Nepal

By air
Tribhuvan International Airport is the only international airport in Nepal. Nepal Airlines, the national ag carrier of Nepal, and other International Airlines operate ights to Kathmandu from Bangkok, Calcutta, Delhi, Dhaka, Dubai, Hong Kong, Karachi, Lhasa, Singapore, Thimpu and other international cities. Many International Airlines operate their ights into Kathmandu which include Biman Bangladesh Airlines, Indian Airlines, Jet Aiways, Sahara Air, Pakistan International Airlines, Qatar Airways, Gulf Air, Thai International and others. For further information visit www.welcomenepal.com. A comprehensive network of road communication is under construction in the country. Pokhara Valley is linked with Kathmandu by Prithvi Rajmarga. Pokahra, 200 kilometers west from Kathmandu, is also linked with the Indian border town of Sunauli by another highway named Siddhartha Rajmarga. One can drive to Kathmandu right from the far eastern and western borders of Nepal connecting through East-West highway. The interior parts of the country are also linked with a number of motorable roads. Buses for the different parts of the country are available at the Central Bus Park at Gongabu. Cars, Jeeps, mini- buses and other vehicles are also available on hire.
By land
At present, there are 6 points of entry of Nepal India border and one point at Nepal China border. The entry points at Nepal India border are: 1. Kakarvitta, 2.Birgunj, 3.Sunauli, 4. Nepalgunj, 5. Dhangadhi, 6. Mahendra Nagar. The only entry point between Nepal and China is at Kodari.
Domestic air services

Nepal Airlines and other domestic airlines operate an extensive network of air services in the interior of Nepal. Flights are available from Kathmandu to urban cities like Bhadrapur, Biratnagar, Janakpur, Simara, Bharatpur, Pokhara, Bhairahawa, Nepalgunj, Dhagadhi and ights are available from these places to hilly regions of the country.
Road transport
Kathmandu is connected with India through the fertile plains of the Tarai by the most picturesque highways. Visitors are permitted to drive their own cars to Kathmandu via these highways. Tourists visiting Nepal with their own vehicles must possess an international carnet. Facilities for exchange are available at the point of entry. There are regular day and night bus services to Kathmandu from all the entry points by land. The Araniko Rajmarga (Kathmandu-Kodari Highway) links Kathmandu with the Tibet Autonomous Region of the Peoples Republic of China on the north. There are regular bus services to Kathmandu from Kodari.
Other transport arrangements

There are metered taxis and microbus services in Kathmandu. Besides, motorcycles, bicycles and rickshaws are also available. The charges for motorcycles and bicycles are xed whereas the charge for rickshaws is to be xed in advance. Local buses for different parts of the Kathmandu Valley are available at city bus part at Ratnapark.
HOW TO ENTER NEPAL
165
Frontier Formalities
Where to obtain visas
Visas for entering Nepal can be obtain from the Nepalese Embassies and Consulate Ofces abroad. Tourist visa can be obtained at the point of entry from the immigration ofce at the Tribhuvan International Airport for the tourist arriving by air. Similarly, tourists arriving by road can obtain visa at the immigration ofces at Kakarvitta, Jhapa (Eastern Nepal), Birganj, Parsa (Central Nepal), Belahia, Bhairahawa (Rupandehi, Western Nepal), Jamunaha, Nepalgunj (Banke, Mid Western Nepal), Mohana, Dhangadhi (Kailali, Far Western Nepal), Gadda Chauki, Mahendranagar (Kanchanpur, Far Western Nepal), Kodari, Sindhupalchowk (Northern Border). Visitors are required to ll in the currency declaration from at the port of entry. Tourists other than Indians are not allowed to bring in the Indian currency. Major national dailies publish foreign exchange rates everyday.
Exit visa
Tourists are not required to produce any exit Visas, but they will have to present their passports at the point of exit.
Customs formalities
Passengers arriving at Tribhuvan International Airport (TIA) without any dutiable goods can proceed through the Green Channel for quick clearance without a baggage check. If you are carrying dutiable articles, you have to pass through the Red Channel for detailed customs clearance. On arrival at either Tribhuvan International Airport or any of the land entry posts, baggage is inspected by customs ofcers. A tourist may bring dutiable goods such as tobacco and liquors free of duty and other taxes subject to the following limits: Cigarettes 200 sticks Cigars 50 sticks Alcoholic liquor 1 bottle or (1.5 liter) Film 15 Rolls Beer 12 cans or 2 bottles Visitors are also permitted to import for their personal use one pair of binoculars, one movie camera with twelve rolls of lm, one laptop, one video camera (with deck), one ordinary camera with fteen rolls of lm, one record player with ten records, one radiogram, one radio or one
Embarkation and disembarkation cards

Tourists are required to ll-up disembarkation and embarkation cards, upon their arrival and departure.
Foreign exchange regulations

Foreign visitors other than the Indian nationals are required to pay their hotel bills and air travel tickets in foreign currency. However the other payments must always be made in Nepalese currency. Exchange Counter at the airport or at the local banks are available. Their are foreign exchange counters available at different places in the city. Tourists are also advised to obtain and retain the foreign exchange encashment receipts so as to reconvert the unused Nepali currency into foreign currency at the time of departure. 166
two-in-one or three-in-one, one tape recorder with fteen tape reels or cassettes, one perambulator, one tricycle, one pocket mini calculator, one portable typewriter, one tent, one sleeping bag, one rucksack and one stick. Photographers can usually bring additional lm and photographic equipment provided they satisfy customs authorities by giving a guarantee that the goods will not stay in the country. Duty on other articles varies according to their volume and value. It should be noted that the importing of ammunition, explosives, radio transmitters, walkie-talkies and narcotic drugs is forbidden. Firearms may only be brought in after prior permission is obtained from the Foreign Ministry of Government of Nepal. Similarly, all works of art made of wood, metal or stone and Thankas exceeding 100 years, are considered antiques and thus are prohibited to export from Nepal. Likewise, gold, silver, and precious stones, wild animals and or trophies of any kind, skins, horns, antlers, tusks etc and drugs whether in crude or in processed form are also not permitted to carry out of the country.
Rafting
There are numerous rivers in Nepal, which offer excellent rafting or canoeing. You can glide on calm jade water with a magnicent of scenery all about or rush through roaring white rapids, in the care of expert river men employed by government-authorized agencies. There are clear sandy beaches to camp or take a meal, and cool and clear pools to bathe. There are no more relaxing experiences, any better way of getting from the Kathmandu Valley to the jungles of the Chitwan Valley, a drop of thousands of feet in a few heavenly miles. Ministry of tourism and civil aviation issues the permit for rafting. It would be in the interest of every visitor to take only the services of the agencies recognized by Government of Nepal.
Safaris
Chitwan National Park is a large area of low, heavily forested hills bordering India on the south, a haven of wildlife. The lordly tiger, lumbering one horned rhino, leopard, varieties of deer, bear, wild boar and numerous other animals are found here. There are crocodiles in the rivers and wealth of birds. Several jungle camps have sprung up which offer the tourists comfortable accommodations, elephant rides to view wildlife, canoeing and nature walks with highly trained naturalists. It is easy to y or bus to any of them and all one need is three days, to sample all the delights of being in the wilderness.
Restaurants and Food

Almost every kind of food representing the culinary arts from many parts of the world can be found in Kathmandu. Hotels have restaurants serving wide varieties of dishes while individual restaurants cater several types of cuisines like Chinese, Indian, Continental, Japanese, Korean, Tibetan, Nepalese, Turkish, Lebanese, Italian, French etc. They range from quick food and self-served restaurants to classy ve star establishments. Imported and domestic liquors and wines are available in most hotels and bars. It is safe to drink boiled and ltered or bottled water.
Accommodations
Nepal has a wide variety of accommodations which ranges from ve star hotels to budget hotels and lodges. In order to have an assured quality service visitors are advised to use only the facilities of government registered hotels and lodges.
Important information
Time
Nepal time is 5 hours 45 minutes ahead of GMT and 15 minutes ahead of Indian Standard time and other time differences are presented separately.
Trekking
Nepal is a trekkers paradise. There is something new for everyone: the magnicent tumble of great snow summits, the highest in the world, or great- ridges carpeted in alpine owers, forests of rhododendron, isolated hamlets, villages, small mountain towns, birds, animals, temples, monasteries, many different people and so on. Trekking can be done from October to May, however, the best seasons are January, October and November. There are numerous other, near or distant, easy and difcult treks. All of them exciting and all commanding magnicent views. Camping equipment is easily available in Kathmandu. There are numerous registered trekking agencies operating in Nepal which are specialized to arrange fully equipped treks with porters, tents, sleeping bags, food, cook, trekking permit and other facilities. They also provide detailed route descriptions, equipment, recommendation, and health information and arrange transportation to and from Kathmandu in most economical way. To assure safety and quality service it is advisable to make the trekking program through government recognized trekking agency.
Ofcial holidays
Government and most other ofces work six days a week. Saturday is the weekend in Nepal. Other holidays are listed in the Nepalese Gazette. In some particular days like Gai Jatra, Indra Jatra, Ghode Jatra, Bhto Jatra (see festivals) ofces based on the Kathmandu valley remain closed.
Working hours
Government ofces operate from 10.00 to 17.00 hrs during summer and till 16.00 hrs during winter. On Fridays these ofces are open till 15.00 hrs.
Electricity
220 volts/ 50 cycles
FRONTIER FORMALITIES
167
168
This book has been published based on report prepared by Rasuna Engineering & Construction Pte. Ltd. for Nepal Tourism Board in 2007. Every effort has been made to ensure that the information in this book is acurate at the time of publication, however Nepal Tourism Board welcomes any suggestions and contribution towards improving this publication in future. We extend our sincere gratitute to each person, agencies & organizations involved in bringing this book to this stage. For further information visit www.welcomenepal.com or Contact Nepal Tourism Board

Tourism Products of Nepal

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Tourism Products of Nepal

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Published by Nepal Tourism Board 2008

Nepal Tourism Board

For Further Information visit at www.welcomenepal.com

Prachanda Man Shrestha Chief Executive Ofcer Nepal Tourism Board

MID WESTERN REGION

FAR WESTERN REGION